SEW MDX Inverter Operating Instructions

Drive Technology \ Drive Automation \ System Integration \ Services
Operating Instructions
MOVIDRIVE
MDX60B / 61B
Edition 01/2010 16837614 / EN
SEW-EURODRIVEDriving the world
Operating Instructions MOVIDRIVE MDX60B/61B 3
Contents
Contents
1 General Information............................................................................................ 6
1.1 How to use the operating instructions......................................................... 6
1.2 Structure of the safety notes ....................................................................... 6
1.3 Rights to claim under limited warranty ........................................................ 7
1.4 Exclusion of liability..................................................................................... 7
1.5 Copyright notice.......................................................................................... 7
2 Safety Notes ........................................................................................................ 8
2.1 General information .................................................................................... 8
2.2 Target group ............................................................................................... 8
2.3 Designated use........................................................................................... 9
2.4 Transportation, storage............................................................................... 9
2.5 Installation................................................................................................. 10
2.6 Electrical connection................................................................................. 10
2.7 Safe disconnection.................................................................................... 10
2.8 Operation .................................................................................................. 11
3 Unit Structure .................................................................................................... 12
3.1 Unit designation, nameplates and scope of delivery................................. 12
3.2 Scope of delivery ...................................................................................... 14
3.3 Size 0........................................................................................................ 16
3.4 Size 1........................................................................................................ 17
3.5 Size 2S...................................................................................................... 18
3.6 Size 2........................................................................................................ 19
3.7 Size 3........................................................................................................ 20
3.8 Size 4........................................................................................................ 21
3.9 Size 5........................................................................................................ 22
3.10 Size 6........................................................................................................ 23
3.11 Size 7........................................................................................................ 24
Contents
4 Operating Instructions MOVIDRIVE MDX60B/61B
4 Installation ......................................................................................................... 26
4.1 Installation instructions for the basic unit .................................................. 26
4.2 Removing/installing the keypad ................................................................ 44
4.3 Removing/installing the front cover ........................................................... 45
4.4 Information regarding UL .......................................................................... 47
4.5 Shield clamps............................................................................................ 49
4.6 Touch guard for power terminals .............................................................. 52
4.7 Wiring diagram for basic unit .................................................................... 57
4.8 Assignment of braking resistors, chokes and filters.................................. 63
4.9 Connecting the system bus (SBus 1)........................................................ 68
4.10 Connecting the RS485 interface............................................................... 69
4.11 Connecting the interface adapter option type DWE11B/12B.................... 71
4.12 Connection of interface adapter option UWS21B (RS232) ....................... 73
4.13 Connecting the interface adapter option USB11A .................................... 75
4.14 Option combinations for MDX61B............................................................. 77
4.15 Installing and removing option cards ........................................................ 79
4.16 Connecting encoders and resolvers ......................................................... 81
4.17 Connection and terminal description of the DEH11B
(HIPERFACE
) option .............................................................................. 83
4.18 Connection and terminal description of the DEH21B option..................... 86
4.19 Connection and terminal description of the DEU21B option..................... 88
4.20 Connection and terminal description of the DER11B (resolver) option..... 90
4.21 Connecting external encoders to X:14...................................................... 92
4.22 Connection of encoder options ................................................................ 93
4.23 Connection of incremental encoder simulation......................................... 99
4.24 Master/slave connection ......................................................................... 100
4.25 Connection and terminal description of the DIO11B option.................... 101
4.26 Connection and terminal description of the DFC11B option................... 104
5 Startup.............................................................................................................. 105
5.1 General startup instructions .................................................................... 105
5.2 Preliminary work and resources.............................................................. 107
5.3 Startup with DBG60B keypad ................................................................. 108
5.4 Operation of MOVITOOLS
MotionStudio.............................................. 118
5.5 Starting the motor ................................................................................... 122
5.6 Complete parameter list .......................................................................... 128
Contents
6 Operation ......................................................................................................... 142
6.1 Operating displays .................................................................................. 142
6.2 Information messages............................................................................. 143
6.3 Functions of the DBG60B keypad........................................................... 145
6.4 Memory card........................................................................................... 149
7 Service ............................................................................................................. 151
7.1 Error information ..................................................................................... 151
7.2 Error messages and list of errors............................................................ 152
7.3 SEW Electronics Service ........................................................................ 168
7.4 Extended storage.................................................................................... 168
7.5 Disposal .................................................................................................. 169
8 Technical Data and Dimension Drawings..................................................... 170
8.1 CE marking, UL approval and C-Tick ..................................................... 170
8.2 General technical data............................................................................ 171
8.3 MOVIDRIVE
MDX60/61B...-5_3 (AC 400/500 V units)......................... 173

8.4 MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B...-2_3 (AC 230 V units)..................................... 181

8.5 MOVIDRIVE
MDX60/61B electronics data ........................................... 185

8.6 MOVIDRIVE
MDX60B dimension drawings.......................................... 187

8.7 MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B dimension drawings.......................................... 189

8.8 Technical data for options DEH11B, DEH21B,
DEU21B, DER11B, BW...-T/...-P ............................................................ 199
8.9 Technical data of DIO11B and DFC11B options .................................... 201
9 Declarations of Conformity............................................................................ 203
9.1 MOVIDRIVE
.......................................................................................... 203
9.2 MOVIDRIVE
with DFS11B/DFS21B..................................................... 204

9.3 MOVIDRIVE
with DCS21B/DCS31B .................................................... 205

10 Address Directory........................................................................................... 206
Index................................................................................................................. 226
1
How to use the operating instructions
General Information
1 General Information
1.1 How to use the operating instructions
The operating instructions are an integral part of the product and contain important in-
formation for operation and service. The operating instructions are written for all employ-
ees who assemble, install, startup, and service this product.
The operating instructions must be legible and accessible at all times. Make sure that
staff responsible for the plant and its operation, as well as persons who work indepen-
dently on the unit, have read the operating instructions carefully and understood them.
If you are unclear about any of the information in this documentation, or if you require
further information, contact SEW-EURODRIVE.
1.2 Structure of the safety notes
The safety notes in these operating instructions are designed as follows:
Pictogram
SIGNAL WORD
Type and source of danger.
Possible consequence(s) if disregarded.
Measure(s) to prevent the danger.
Pictogram Signal word Meaning Consequences if
disregarded
Example:
General danger
Specific danger,
e.g. electric shock
DANGER Imminent danger Severe or fatal injuries
WARNING Possible dangerous situation Severe or fatal injuries
CAUTION Possible dangerous situation Minor injuries
NOTICE Possible damage to property Damage to the drive system or its environ-
ment
INFORMA-
TION
Useful information or tip.
Simplifies the handling of the
drive system.
1
Rights to claim under limited warranty
General Information
1.3 Rights to claim under limited warranty
A requirement of fault-free operation and fulfillment of any rights to claim under limited
warranty is that you adhere to the information in the operating instructions. Therefore,
read the operating instructions before you start working with the unit.
1.4 Exclusion of liability
You must comply with the information contained in these operating instructions to en-
sure safe operation of the MOVIDRIVE
MDX60B/61B inverters and to achieve the

specified product characteristics and performance requirements. SEW-EURODRIVE
does not assume liability for injury to persons or damage to equipment or property re-
sulting from non-observance of these operating instructions. In such cases, any liability
for defects is excluded.
1.5 Copyright notice
2009 SEW-EURODRIVE. All rights reserved.
Copyright law prohibits the unauthorized duplication, modification, distribution, and use
of this document, in whole or in part.
2
Safety Notes
2 Safety Notes

The following basic safety notes must be read carefully to prevent injury to persons and
damage to property. The operator must ensure that the basic safety notes are read and
observed. Make sure that persons responsible for the plant and its operation, as well as
persons who work independently on the unit, have read through the operating instruc-
tions carefully and understood them. If you are unclear about any of the information in
this documentation, please contact SEW-EURODRIVE.
2.1 General information
Never install or start up damaged products. Submit a complaint to the shipping company
immediately in the event of damage.
During operation, drive inverters can have live, bare and movable or rotating parts as
well as hot surfaces, depending on their degree of protection.
Removing covers without authorization, improper use as well as incorrect installation or
operation may result in severe injuries to persons or damage to property.
Refer to the documentation for additional information.
2.2 Target group
Only qualified electricians are authorized to install, startup or service the units or cor-
rect unit faults (observing IEC 60364 or CENELEC HD 384 or DIN VDE 0100 and
IEC 60664 or DIN VDE 0110 as well as national accident prevention guidelines).
Qualified personnel in the context of these basic safety notes are: All persons familiar
with installation, assembly, startup and operation of the product who possess the nec-
essary qualifications.
Any activities regarding transportation, storage, operation, and disposal must be carried
out by persons who have been instructed appropriately.
2
Designated use
Safety Notes
2.3 Designated use
Drive inverters are components intended for installation in electrical systems or ma-
chines.
In case of installation in machines, startup of the drive inverters (meaning the start of
proper use) is prohibited until it is determined that the machine meets the requirements
stipulated in the EC Directive 98/37/EC (machine guideline); observe EN 60204.
Startup (i.e. the start of designated use) is only permitted under observance of the EMC
(2004/108/EC) directive.
The drive inverters meet the requirements stipulated in low voltage guideline 2006/95/
EC. The harmonized standards of the EN 61800-5-1/DIN VDE T105 series in connec-
tion with EN 60439-1/VDE 0660 part 500 and EN 60146/VDE 0558 are applied to these
drive inverters.
You must observe the technical data and information on the connection requirements
as provided on the nameplate and in the documentation.
2.3.1 Safety functions
MOVIDRIVE
MDX60/61B inverters may not perform safety functions without higher-

level safety systems. Use higher-level safety systems to ensure protection of equipment
and personnel.
For safety applications, refer to the information in the following publications:
Safe disconnection for MOVIDRIVE
MDX60B/61B Conditions
Safe disconnection for MOVIDRIVE
MDX60B/61B Applications
2.4 Transportation, storage
Observe the notes on transportation, storage and proper handling. Observe the climatic
conditions as stated in the section "General technical data".
2
Installation
Safety Notes
2.5 Installation
The units must be installed and cooled according to the regulations and specifications
in the corresponding documentation.
Protect the drive inverters from excessive strain. Ensure that components are not de-
formed and/or insulation spaces are maintained, particularly during transportation.
Avoid contact with electronic components and contacts.
Drive inverters contain components that can be damaged by electrostatic energy and
improper handling. Prevent mechanical damage or destruction of electric components
(may pose health risk)
The following applications are prohibited unless the unit is explicitly designed for such
use:
Use in potentially explosive atmospheres.
Use in areas exposed to harmful oils, acids, gases, vapors, dust, radiation, etc.
Use in non-stationary applications which are subject to mechanical vibration and
impact loads in excess of the requirements in EN 61800-5-1.
2.6 Electrical connection
Observe the applicable national accident prevention guidelines when working on live
drive inverters (for example, BGV A3).
Electrical installation is to be carried out in compliance with pertinent regulations (e.g.
cable cross sections, fusing, protective conductor connection). For any additional infor-
mation, refer to the applicable documentation.
You will find notes on EMC compliant installation, such as shielding, grounding, arrange-
ment of filters and routing of lines, in the documentation of the drive inverters. Always
observe these notes even with drive inverters bearing the CE marking. The manufac-
turer of the system or machine is responsible for maintaining the limits established by
EMC legislation.
Protective measures and protection devices must comply with the regulations in force
(e.g. EN 60204 or EN 61800-5-1).
Required preventive measure: Grounding the unit.
MOVIDRIVE
B, size 7 has an additional display LED under the lower front cover. The
lit display LED indicates a DC link voltage. Do not touch power connections. Check that
there is no voltage present before touching power connections even if the LED display
indicates that there is no voltage.
2.7 Safe disconnection
The unit meets all requirements for safe disconnection of power and electronic connec-
tions in accordance with EN 61800-5-1. All connected circuits must also satisfy the re-
quirements for safe disconnection.
2
Operation
Safety Notes
2.8 Operation
Systems with integrated drive inverters must be equipped with additional monitoring and
protection devices, if necessary, according to the applicable safety guidelines, such as
legislation governing technical equipment, accident prevention regulations, etc. The op-
erating software may be used to make changes to the drive inverter.
Do not touch live components or power connections immediately after disconnecting the
drive inverters from the supply voltage because there may still be some charged capac-
itors. Note the respective reference plates on the drive inverter.
Keep all covers and doors closed during operation.
The fact that the status LED and other display elements (such as the display LED on
size 7 units) are no longer illuminated does not indicate that the unit has been discon-
nected from the power supply and no longer carries any voltage.
Check that there is no voltage present before touching power connections even if the
LED display indicates that there is no voltage.
Mechanical blocking or internal safety functions of the unit can cause a motor standstill.
Eliminating the cause of the problem or performing a reset may result in the drive re-
starting automatically. If, for safety reasons, this is not permitted for the driven machine,
disconnect the unit from the supply system before correcting the error.
3
Unit designation, nameplates and scope of delivery
Unit Structure
3 Unit Structure
3.1 Unit designation, nameplates and scope of delivery
3.1.1 Example: Unit designation
3.1.2 Example: System nameplate size 0
The system nameplate for MDX60B/61B.. size 0 is attached to the side of the unit.
MDX60 B 0011 - 5 A 3 - 4 00
Type
00 = Standard
0T = Application
XX = Special unit
XX/L = Coated pcbs
Quadrants
4 = 4Q (with brake chopper)
2 = 2Q
Connection type 3 = 3-phase
Radio interfer-
ence suppression
on the line side
B = Radio interference suppression C1
A = Radio interference suppression C2
0 = No radio interference suppression
Supply voltage
5 = AC 380 ... 500 V
2 = AC 200 ... 230 V
Recommended
motor power
0011 = 1.1 kW
Version B
Series
60 = No options can be installed
61 = Options can be installed
1799724171
3
Unit designation, nameplates and scope of delivery
Unit Structure
3.1.3 Example: Nameplate for BW090-P52B braking resistor
The braking resistor BW090-P52B is only available for MDX60B/61B size 0.
3.1.4 Example: System nameplate for sizes 1 - 7
The system nameplate is attached to MDX61B.. as follows:
On the side of the units of size 1- 6
On the upper front cover of size 7
3.1.5 Example: Nameplate for power section sizes 1 - 7
The power section nameplate is attached to MDX61B.. as follows:
On the side of the units of size 1- 6
Top left inside the size 7 unit
3.1.6 Example: Nameplate for control unit sizes 1 - 7
The control unit nameplate is attached to the front of MDX61B.. size 1 - 7.
1799727243
90
1799730315
1799758987
1799762059
3
Scope of delivery
Unit Structure
3.1.7 Example: Option card nameplate
3.2 Scope of delivery
3.2.1 Sizes 0 7
Connector housing for all signal terminals (X10 ... X17), connected
Connector housing for the power terminals (X1 ... X4), connected
Pluggable memory card, connected
3.2.2 Size 0
1 set of shield clamps for power cable and signal cable, not installed. The set of
shield clamps comprises:
2 shield clamps for power cable (2 contact clips each)
1 shield clamp for signal cable (1 contact clip) for MDX60B
1 shield clamp for signal cable (2 contact clips) for MDX61B
6 contact clips
6 screws for attaching the contact clips
3 screws for attaching the contact clips to the unit
3.2.3 Size 1 - 7
1 set of shield clamps for signal cable, not installed. The set of shield clamps
comprises:
1 shield clamp for signal cable (1 contact clip)
2 contact clips
2 screws for attaching the contact clips
1 screw for attaching the shield clamp to the unit
Only for size 6: Carrying bar and 2 split pins
For size 7, you can order the connection set DLA11B (part no. 18223125) with
connection screws and 3 PE terminals.
1799765131
3
Scope of delivery
Unit Structure
3.2.4 Size 2S
Accessories set, not installed. The accessories set ( following figure) comprises:
2 mounting feet [1] to be plugged into the heat sink
2 touch guards [2] to be fastened to terminals X4: -U
z
/+U
z
and -X3:-R(8)/+R(9).
Degree of protection IP20 is achieved as soon as one of the following conditions is
fulfilled:
Touch guard [2] mounted to X3/X4 ( section "Touch guard")
An adequately prefabricated cable is connected to X3/X4
If neither of the two conditions is fulfilled, the degree of protection is IP10.
2059029259
[2]
[1]
3
Size 0
Unit Structure
3.3 Size 0
MDX60/61B-5A3 (AC 400/500 V units): 0005 / 0008 / 0011 / 0014
2205806347
* View of the underside of the unit
[1] Power shield clamp for supply system connection and DC link connection
[2] X4: Connection for DC link connection U
Z
/ +U
Z
and PE connection, separable
[3] X1: Power supply connection L1, L2, L3 and PE connection, separable
[4] Only with MDX61B: Fieldbus port
[5] Only with MDX61B: Encoder slot
[6] Shield clamp for signal cables MDX61B size 0
[7] X10: Signal terminal strip for binary outputs and TF/TH input
[8] X16: Signal terminal strip binary inputs and outputs
[9] X13: Signal terminal strip terminal strip for binary inputs and RS485 interface
[10] X11: Signal terminal strip for setpoint input AI1 and 10 V reference voltage
[11] X12: Signal terminal strip system bus (SBus)
[12] DIP switches S11 ... S14
[13] XT: Slot for DBG60B keypad or UWS21B serial interface
[14] 7-segment display
[15] Memory card
[16] Grounding screw M4 14
[17] X17: Signal terminal strip for safety contacts for safe stop
[18] X2: Motor connection U, V, W and PE connection, separable
[19] X3: Braking resistor connection +R / R and PE connection, separable
[20] Power shield clamp for motor connection and braking resistor connection
[18]
[19]
[17]
[1]
[2]
[20]
*
[16]
[6]
A
[7]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[8]
[15]
A
[6]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[4]
[5]
[3]
[3]
3
Size 1
Unit Structure
3.4 Size 1
MDX61B-5A3 (AC 400/500 V units): 0015 / 0022 / 0030 / 0040
MDX61B-2A3 (AC 230 V units): 0015 / 0022 / 0037
2205808267
[1] X1: Power supply connection 1/L1, 2/L2, 3/L3, separable
[2] X4: Connection for DC link coupling U
Z
+U
Z
, separable
[3] Fieldbus slot
[4] Expansion slot
[5] Encoder slot
[6] X3: Braking resistor connection 8/+R, 9/R and PE connection, separable
[7] X2: Motor connection 4/U, 5/V, 6/W and PE connection, separable
[8] Shield clamp for signal cables and PE connection
[19] Memory card
4
1 2 3
5 6
7 8 9
+/- 0 .
[2] [1]
[6] [7]
A
X16
X10
X13
X11
X12
XT
S11
S12
S13
S14
A
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15]
[16]
[17]
[18]
[19]
[4]
[3]
[5]
[3]
[4]
[5]
3
Size 2S
Unit Structure
3.5 Size 2S
MDX61B-5A3 (AC 400/500 V units): 0055 / 0075
2205796747
[1] X1: Power supply connection 1/L1, 2/L2, 3/L3
Z
+U
Z
and PE connection
[3] Memory card
[4] Fieldbus slot
[5] Expansion slot
[6] Encoder slot
[7] X3: Braking resistor connection 8/+R, 9/R and PE connection
[9] X2: Motor connection 4/U, 5/V, 6/W
4
1 2 3
5 6
7 8 9
+/- 0 .
A
[1] [2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[5]
[6]
[7]
X16
X10
X13
X11
X12
XT
S11
S12
S13
S14
A
[9]
[8]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15]
[16]
[17]
[18]
[19]
[4]
3
Size 2
Unit Structure
3.6 Size 2
MDX61B-5A3 (AC 400/500 V units): 0110
MDX61B-2A3 (AC 230 V units): 0055 / 0075
2205794827
Z
+U
Z
and PE connection
[3] Fieldbus slot
[4] Expansion slot
[5] Encoder slot
[19] Memory card
4
1 2 3
5 6
7 8 9
+/- 0 .
A
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[1]
[6] [7]
X16
X10
X13
X11
X12
XT
S11
S12
S13
S14
A
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15]
[16]
[17]
[18]
[19]
[2] [1]
3
Size 3
Unit Structure
3.7 Size 3
MDX61B-503 (AC 400/500 V units): 0150 / 0220 / 0300
MDX61B-203 (AC 230 V units): 0110 / 0150
2205798667
[1] PE connection
Z
+U
Z
[4] Fieldbus slot
[5] Expansion slot
[6] Encoder slot
[7] X3: Braking resistor connection 8/+R, 9/R
[20] Memory card
[8] [7]
4
1 2 3
5 6
7 8 9
+/- 0 .
A
[1] [2] [3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
X16
X10
X13
X11
X12
XT
S11
S12
S13
S14
A
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15]
[16]
[17]
[18]
[19]
[20]
3
Size 4
Unit Structure
3.8 Size 4
MDX61B-503 (AC 400/500 V units): 0370 / 0450
MDX61B-203 (AC 230 V units): 0220 / 0300
2205800587
[1] PE connection
Z
+U
Z
and PE connection
[4] Fieldbus slot
[5] Expansion slot
[6] Encoder slot
[9] PE connection
[10] Shield clamp for signal cables
[21] Memory card
A
4
1 2 3
5 6
7 8 9
+/- 0 .
[1] [2] [3]
[9] [8] [7]
X16
X10
X13
X11
X12
XT
S11
S12
S13
S14
A
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15]
[16] [4]
[5]
[6]
[17]
[18]
[19]
[20]
[21]
3
Size 5
Unit Structure
3.9 Size 5
MDX61B-503 (AC 400/500 V units): 0550 / 0750
2205802507
[1] PE connection
Z
+U
Z
and PE connection
[4] Fieldbus slot
[5] Expansion slot
[6] Encoder slot
[9] PE connection
[21] Memory card
4
1 2 3
5 6
7 8 9
+/- 0 .
A
[1] [2] [3]
[9] [8] [7]
X16
X10
X13
X11
X12
XT
S11
S12
S13
S14
A
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15]
[16] [4]
[5]
[6]
[17]
[18]
[19]
[20]
[21]
3
Size 6
Unit Structure
3.10 Size 6
MDX61B-503 (AC 400/500 V units): 0900 / 1100 / 1320
2205804427
[1] PE connection
Z
+U
Z
[4] Fieldbus slot
[5] Expansion slot
[6] Encoder slot
[8] X2: Motor connection 4/U, 5/V, 6/W and PE connection
[16] Threaded hole for grounding screw M4 8 or M4 10
[20] Memory card
[1] [8] [7] [1]
A
[1] [2] [3] [1]
X16
X10
X13
X11
X12
XT
S11
S12
S13
S14
A
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15] [4]
[5]
[6]
[16]
[17]
[18]
[19]
[20]
3
Size 7
Unit Structure
3.11 Size 7
3.11.1 Control unit
MDX61B-503 (AC 400/500 V units): 1600 / 2000 / 2500
2077051275
[4] Fieldbus slot
[5] Expansion slot
[6] Encoder slot
[19] Memory card
A
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13] [4]
[5]
[6]
[14]
[15]
[16]
[17]
[19]
A
3
Size 7
Unit Structure
3.11.2 Power section
MDX61B-503 (AC 400/500 V units): 1600 / 2000 / 2500
3.11.3 Power supply unit
MDX61B-503 (AC 400/500 V units): 1600 / 2000 / 2500
2077053963
[1] PE connection rail (thickness = 10 mm)
[5] -U
Z
: Only with DC link adapter accessory
B
[3] [2] [4]
B
[1] [5]
2306976267
[1] DC power supply unit
[2] Screw
[1]
[2] 5x
9
10
11
12
4
Installation instructions for the basic unit
Installation
4 Installation
4.1 Installation instructions for the basic unit
4.1.1 Tightening torques
Tightening torques
of power terminals
Only use original connection elements. Note the permitted tightening torques for
MOVIDRIVE
power terminals.
The permitted tightening torque for the signal terminals is 0.6 Nm (5 lb in).
General tightening
torques
Note the permitted tightening torques:
Size Tightening torque
Nm lb in
0, 1 and 2S 0.6 5
2 1.5 13
3 3.5 31
4 and 5 14.0 124
6 20.0 177
7 70.0 620
Component Screws Tightening torque
Nm lb in
Screw cover M5 x 25 1.4 - 1.7 12 - 15
Screws with integral disk M4 1.7 15
M5 3.4 30
M6 5.7 50
Current rail screws M10 20 180
Insulating spacer M10 (SW32) 30 270
4
Installation
4.1.2 Minimum clearance and mounting position
Leave at least 100 mm (4 in) clearance above and below the unit for optimum
cooling. Make sure air circulation in the clearance is not impaired by cables or other
installation equipment. With sizes 4, 5 and 6, do not install any components which
are sensitive to high temperatures within 300 mm (12 in) of the top of the unit.
Ensure unobstructed cooling air supply and make sure that the units are not
subjected to heated air from nearby components.
There is no need for clearance at the sides of the unit. You may line up the units
directly next to each other.
Only install the units vertically. Do not install them horizontally, tilted or upside down
( following figure, applies to all sizes).
4.1.3 Separate cable ducts
Route power cables and signal cables in separate cable ducts.
1802306443
100 mm
(4 in)
100 mm
(4 in)
4
Installation
4.1.4 Fuses and earth-leakage circuit breakers
Install the input fuses at the beginning of the supply system lead after the supply
bus junction ( Wiring diagram for basic unit, power section and brake).
SEW-EURODRIVE recommends that you do not use earth-leakage circuit breakers
but take alternative measures. Please refer to the section "PE connection". If you
want to use an earth-leakage circuit breaker (RCD) nonetheless, note the following
according to EN 61800-5-1:
4.1.5 Line and brake contactors
Only use contactors in utilization category AC-3 (IEC 60947-4-1) as mains and
brake contactors.
4.1.6 PE connection (EN 61800-5-1)
Earth-leakage currents 3.5 mA may occur during normal operation. To meet the re-
quirements of EN 61800-5-1 observe the following:
Supply system lead < 10 mm
2
:
Route a second PE conductor with the cross section of the power supply line
in parallel to the protective earth via separate terminals or use a copper protective
earth conductor with a cross section of 10 mm
2
(AWG 7).
Supply system cable 10 mm
2
... 16 mm
2
:
Route a copper protective earth conductor with the cross section of the supply
system lead.
Supply system cable 16 mm
2
... 35 mm
2
:
Route a copper protective earth conductor with a cable cross section of 16
mm
2
.
Supply system cable < 35 mm
2
:
Route a copper protective earth conductor with the cross section of the supply
system lead.
WARNING
MOVIDRIVE
can cause a DC current in the PE conductor, which might result in a mal-

function of the earth leakage circuit breaker.
The use of an incorrect earth-leakage circuit breaker type can cause death or severe
injuries.
Either take alternative measures instead of earth-leakage circuit breakers
according to the relevant standards (e.g. 61800-5-1, EN 60204-1) see section
"PE connection"
or use earth-leakage circuit breakers of type B.
INFORMATION
Only use the input contactor K11 ( Sec. "Wiring diagram for basic unit") to
switch the inverter on and off. Do not use it for jog mode. For jog mode, use the
the commands "Enable/stop", "CW/stop" or "CCW/stop".
Observe a minimum switch-off time of 10 s for the supply system contactor K11.
4
Installation
4.1.7 IT systems
MOVIDRIVE
B is designed for operation on TN and TT systems with a directly

grounded star point. Operation on voltage supply systems with a non-grounded star
point is permitted In this case, SEW-EURODRIVE recommends using earth-leakage
monitors with pulse-code measurement for voltage supply systems with a non-
grounded star point (IT systems). Using such devices prevents the earth-leakage
monitor mis-tripping due to the ground capacitance of the inverter. No EMC limits
are specified for interference emission in voltage supply systems without
grounded star point (IT systems).
Size 7 can be converted for IT networks. Note the information in the "MOVIDRIVE
MDX60B / 61B Inspection and Maintenance of Size 7" manual.

4.1.8 Cable cross sections
Supply system cable: Cable cross section according to rated input current I
mains
at rated load.
Motor cable: Cable cross section according to rated output current I
rated
.
Signal cables of basic unit (terminals X10, X11, X12, X13, X16):
One core per terminal 0.20 ... 2,5 mm
2
(AWG 24 to 13)
Two cores per terminal 0.25 ... 1 mm
2
(AWG 23 to 17)
Signal cables of terminal X17 and DIO11B terminal expansion board (terminals X20,
X21, X22):
One core per terminal 0,08 ... 1,5 mm
2
(AWG 28 to 16)
Two cores per terminal 0.25 ... 1 mm
2
(AWG 23 to 17)
4.1.9 Unit output
NOTICE
MOVIDRIVE
B can suffer irreparable damage if you connect capacitive loads.

Only connect ohmic/inductive loads (motors).
Never connect capacitive loads.
1804838667
4
Installation
4.1.10 Installing braking resistors BW.../ BW..-T / BW...-P
Mounting permitted:
on horizontal surfaces
on vertical surfaces with brackets at the bottom and perforated sheets at top and
bottom
Mounting not permitted:
on vertical surfaces with brackets at the top, right or left
4.1.11 Connection of braking resistors
Use two tightly twisted leads or a 2-core shielded power cable. Cable cross
section according to trip current I
F
of F16. The rated voltage of the cable must
amount to at least V
0
/V = 300 V / 500 V (in accordance with DIN VDE 0298).
Protect the braking resistor (except for BW90-P52B) using a bimetallic relay (
wiring diagram for basic unit, power section and brake). Set the trip current
according to the technical data of the braking resistor. SEW-EURODRIVE
recommends using an overcurrent relay from trip class 10 or 10A in accordance with
EN 60947-4-1.
For braking resistors of the BW...-T / BW...-P series, the integrated temperature
switch/overcurrent relay can be connected using a 2-core shielded cable as an
alternative to a bimetallic relay.
Flat-type braking resistors have internal thermal overload protection (fuse which
cannot be replaced). Install the flat-type braking resistors together with the
appropriate touch guard.
4.1.12 Operating braking resistors
The connection leads to the braking resistors carry a high pulsed DC voltage during
rated operation.
4.1.13 Binary inputs / binary outputs
The binary inputs are electrically isolated by optocouplers.
The binary outputs are short-circuit proof and protected against external
voltage to DC 30 V. External voltages > DC 30 V can cause irreparable damage to
binary outputs.
WARNING
The surfaces of the braking resistors get very hot when the braking resistors are loaded
with P
rated
.
Risk of burns and fire.
Choose a suitable installation location. Braking resistors are usually mounted on
top of the control cabinet.
Do not touch the braking resistors.
4
Installation
4.1.14 EMC-compliant installation
All cables except for the supply system lead must be shielded. As an alternative to
the shielding, the option HD.. (output choke) can be used for the motor cable to
achieve the emitted interference limit values. .
When using shielded motor cables, e.g. prefabricated motor cables from SEW-
EURODRIVE, you must keep the unshielded conductors between the shield and
connection terminal of the inverter as short as possible.
Apply the shield by the shortest possible route and make sure it is grounded
over a wide area at both ends. Ground one end of the shield using an interference
suppression capacitor (220 nF/50 V) to avoid ground loops. If using double-shielded
cables, ground the outer shield on the inverter end and the inner shield at the other
end.
2394134795
Fig. 1: Shielded cables
1804841739
Fig. 1: Correct shield connection using metal clamp (shield clamp) or cable gland
U V W
L1 L2 L3
L1 L2 L3
MOVIDRIVE
B
HD005
NF 600
U V W
4
Installation
You can also use earthed sheet-metal ducts or metal pipes to shield the cables.
Route the power and signal cables separately.
Ground the inverter and all additional units to ensure high-frequency
compatibility (wide area, metal-on-metal contact between the unit housing and
ground, e.g. unpainted control cabinet mounting panel).
NF.. line filter The NF.. line filter option can be used to maintain the class C1 limit for MOVIDRIVE
MDX60B/61B units size 0 to 5.

Do not switch between the line filter and MOVIDRIVE
MDX60B/61B.
Install the line filter close to the inverter but outside the minimum clearance for
cooling.
Keep the length of the cable between the line filter and inverter to an absolute
minimum, and never more than 400 mm. Unshielded, twisted cables are sufficient.
Use also unshielded lines for the supply system cable.
SEW-EURODRIVE recommends taking one of the following EMC measures on the
motor side to maintain class C1 and C2 limits:
Shielded motor cable
HD... output choke option
HF.. output filter option (in operating modes VFC and V/f)
Interference emis-
sion category
Compliance with category C2 according to EN 61800-3 has been tested in a CE typical
drive system. SEW-EURODRIVE can provide detailed information on request.
INFORMATION
MOVIDRIVE
B is a product with restricted availability in accordance with EN

61800-3. It may cause EMC interference. In this case, it may be recommended for
the operator to carry out suitable measures.
For detailed information on EMC compliant installation, refer to the publication
"Electromagnetic Compatibility in Drive Engineering" from SEW-EURODRIVE.
WARNING
This product can cause high-frequency interferences in residential areas which can re-
quire measures for interference suppression.
4
Installation
HD... output choke Install the output choke close to the inverter but outside the minimum clearance
for cooling.
For HD001 ... HD003: Route all three phases (U, V, W) of the motor cable [1]
through the output choke. To achieve a higher filter effect, do not route the PE
conductor through the output choke.
1804844811
Fig. 2: Connection of output choke HD001 HD003
[1] Motor cable
U V W
MOVIDRIVE
U V W PE
n=5
HD001-
HD003
[1]
X2:
4
Installation
4.1.15 Installation notes for size 6
The MOVIDRIVE
units of size 6 (0900 ... 1320) are equipped with a factory mounted
lifting lug [1]. Use a crane and the lifting eye [1] to install the unit.
If a crane is not available, you can push a carrying bar [2] through the rear panel [4] to
facilitate installation (included in the delivery scope of size 6). Secure the carrying bar
[2] against axial displacement using the split pins [3] (see figure below).
DANGER
Suspended load.
Danger of fatal injury if the load falls.
Do not stand under the suspended load.
Secure the danger zone.
1802249355
[1] Fixed lifting eye
[2] Carrying bar (included in the delivery of size 6)
[3] 2 split pins (included in the delivery of size 6)
[4] Rear panel
[3]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
4
Installation
4.1.16 Installation notes for size 7
MOVIDRIVE
units size 7 (1600 - 2500) have 4 fixed lifting eyes [2] for transport. You
may only use these four lifting eyes [2] for installation.
DANGER
Suspended load.
Danger of fatal injury if the load falls.
Do not stand under the suspended load.
Secure the danger zone.
Always use all 4 lifting eyes.
Align the lifting eyes with the direction of tension
2077398155
[1] Installed front cover
[2] 4 lifting eyes
[1]
4x [2]
4
Installation
4.1.17 Optional scope of delivery for size 7
Mounting base The mounting base DLS11B with mounting material [9] (part no.: 1 822 602 7) is used
to install MOVIDRIVE
B, size 7 on the floor of the control cabinet. MOVIDRIVE
B
size 7 must be screwed onto the mounting base immediately after installation (see fol-
lowing figure). Do not take MOVIDRIVE
B size 7 into operation until the mounting base

has been completely mounted.
The mounting material (pos. 3 - 8) is enclosed in a plastic bag.
2076968843
[2]
[1]
[3] 5x
[7]
[9]
[8]
[5]
[6]
[4]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[1] Front cover [5] Lock washer
[2] Insert (for external power supply) [6] Washer
[3] Retaining screws for insert [7] Washer
[4] Machine screw M8 30 hexagon socket [8] M8 nut
4
Installation
Do the following to install the mounting base [9] to MOVIDRIVE
B size 7:
1. Loosen (not unscrew!) the 4 retaining screws of the front cover [1] until you can lift it
off. Remove the front cover [1].
2. Remove the insert [2]. Loosen the 5 retaining screws [5] to do so.
3. The following steps apply to each of the 4 mounting holes.
Position the washer [7] centrically between inverter and mounting base [9].
Place the lock washer [5] and the washer [6] onto the socket head screw [4]
M830.
Insert the preassembled socket head screw through the mounting hole.
Screw the M8 nut [8] onto the socket head screw. Tightening torque 20 Nm. Apply
thread locking compound.
4. Replace the insert [2] into the unit and fasten it using the 5 retaining screws.
5. Replace the front cover [1] onto the unit and fasten it using the 4 retaining screws.
Dimension drawing
of mounting base
The following figure shows the dimensions of the mounting base.
2076984331
699
3
2
5
4
1
7
600
2
3
0
4
Installation
Wall bracket The wall bracket DLH11B [13] (part no: 1 822 610 8) is used to attach MOVIDRIVE
B size 7 to the wall (see following figure). Do not take MOVIDRIVE
B size 7 into op-

eration until the installation of the unit is complete.
The installation material for wall mounting is not included in the scope of delivery
of SEW-EURODRIVE.
2076987019
[2]
[1]
[13]
[3] 5x
[14]
[15]
[14]
[15]
[14]
[15]
[14]
[15]
[8] 4x
[7] 4x
[4]
[5]
[6]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[10] 5x [9] 5x
[11] 3x
[12] 3x
A
B
[7]
[8]
4
Installation
Proceed as follows to fasten the wall bracket [13] to MOVIDRIVE
B size 7:
1. Loosen (not unscrew!) the 4 retaining screws of the front cover [1] until you can lift it
off. Remove the front cover [1].
2. Remove the insert [2]. Loosen the 5 retaining screws [5] to do so.
3. The wall bracket [13] is screwed onto MOVIDRIVE
B at 5 points [A, B] (see above

figure).
Position the a washer [7] at each point centrically between inverter and wall brack-
et [13].
Place the lock washer [5] and the washer [6] onto the socket head screw [4]
M830.
Insert the preassembled socket head screw through the two mounting holes [A].
Screw the M8 nut [8] onto the socket head screw. Tightening torque 20 Nm. Apply
thread locking compound.
Screw the wall bracket to MOVIDRIVE
B at the 3 mounting bores [B] using the

retaining screws [11] and washers [12].
4. Replace the insert [2] into the unit and fasten it using the 5 retaining screws.
5. Replace the front cover [1] onto the unit and fasten it using the 4 retaining screws.
6. To mount MOVIDRIVE
B size 7 to a wall (material not included in the scope of de-

livery), use
4 retaining screws [14] and washers [15] for the 4 mounting holes at the top of the
unit and
5 retaining screws [9] and washers [10] for the 5 mounting holes on the wall brack-
et [13].
4
Installation
Heat dissipation
through air duct
A DLK11B air duct (part no.: 1 822 603 5) is available as an option to dissipate heat of
MOVIDRIVE
B size 7. Install the air duct in such a way that it points vertically upwards
(see below figure).
Roof cut-out for
DLK11B air duct
The following figure shows the cut-out of the control cabinet roof for the DLK11B air duct.
2076990731
1
5
0

.
.
.

2
8
0
2076993419
650
9
5
(78)
10
3
.
9

(
8
x
)
1
5
.
5
10
(78)
1
6
(
5
0
.
5
)
37.5
287.5 287.5
37.5
3
4
4
Installation
DC link adapter 2Q The DC link adapter 2Q DLZ12B (part no.: 1 822 729 5) can be used to provide a DC
link connection at the bottom of the unit:
1. Loosen the 4 screws of both the upper and lower cover and remove them.
2. Loosen the 5 screws of the insert and remove it.
3. Place the cover panel on the fastening pin of the slot for the brake chopper module.
4. Position the 2 upper retaining screws [2] of the cover panel [1] in the frame. Position
the 2 lower retaining screws of the cover panel in the frame.
5. Screw the insulating spacers tightly to the cover panel [1].
6. Screw the insulating spacers tightly to the frame (bottom).
7. Position the 2 screws of the fixing strap -U
z
at the DC link (top left).
8. Position the 2 screws of the fixing strap +U
z
at the DC link (top right).
9. Position the 4 screws of the fixing straps -U
z
and +U
z
on the insulating spacer.
10.Tighten all screws of the fixing straps -U
z
and +U
z
.
11.Replace the covers.
2276336523
[3]
[2] 4x
[4]
[1]
4
Installation
DC link adapter 4Q The DC link adapter 4Q DLZ14B (part no.: 1 822 728 7) can be used to provide a DC
link connection at the bottom of the unit:
1. Loosen the 4 screws of the upper cover and remove it.
2. Loosen the 4 screws of the lower cover and remove it.
3. Position the 2 screws of the conductor rail [1] -U
z
on the brake chopper module (bot-
tom left) on the insulating spacer.
4. Position the 2 screws of the conductor rail [1] -U
z
on the insulating spacer.
5. Tighten all screws of the fixing strap -U
z
.
6. Screw on the angle bracket [3].
7. Replace the covers.
2276334603
[1]
[2]
[3]
4
Installation
DC link coupling To connect 2 inverters that are installed next to each other, you can use the DLZ11B
DC link coupling (part no.: 1 823 193 4):
1. The units that you want to connect must be installed at ground level and 100 mm
apart from each other.
2. Loosen the 4 screws of the upper cover and remove it.
3. Loosen the 4 screws of the lower cover and remove it.
4. Insert the 2 DC link couplings [1] into the units.
5. Screw the DC link coupling [1] to one unit first, before attaching it to the other units.
6. Tighten the screws [2].
7. Replace the covers.
2276338443
[1]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
4
Removing/installing the keypad
Installation
4.2 Removing/installing the keypad
4.2.1 Removing the keypad
Proceed as follows:
1. Unplug the connection cable from the XT slot.
2. Carefully push the keypad downward until it comes off the upper fixture on the front
cover.
3. Remove the keypad forward (not to the side!).
4.2.2 Installing the keypad
Proceed as follows:
1. Place the underside of the keypad onto the lower fixture of the front cover.
2. Push the keypad into the upper fixture of the front cover.
3. Plug the connecting cable into the XT slot.
1804920715
OK
RUN
STOP
DEL
1. 2.
2.
3.
OK
RUN
STOP
DEL
1804922635
OK
RUN
STOP
DEL
1.
2.
3.
OK
RUN
STOP
DEL
4
Removing/installing the front cover
Installation
4.3 Removing/installing the front cover
4.3.1 Removing the front cover
Proceed as follows to remove the front cover:
1. If a keypad (page 44) is installed, remove it first.
2. Press the grooved clip on top of the front cover.
3. Keep the clip pressed down to remove the front cover.
1804955147
Fig. 9: Removing the front cover
1.
2.
4
Removing/installing the front cover
Installation
4.3.2 Installing the front cover
Proceed as follows to install the front cover:
1. Insert the underside of the front cover into the support.
2. Keep the grooved clip on top of the front cover pressed down.
3. Push the front cover onto the unit.
1804958219
Fig. 10: Installing the front cover
2.
1.
3.
BG0
BG1 - 7
1.
4
Information regarding UL
Installation
4.4 Information regarding UL
4.4.1 Field wiring power terminals
Use 60/75 C copper wire only Models with suffix 0003 to 0300.
Use 75 C copper wire only Models with suffix 0370 to 2500.
Tighten terminals to in-lbs (Nm) as follows:
4.4.2 Short-circuit current rating
Suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than 5,000 rms symmet-
rical amperes:
MOVIDRIVE
B models with suffix 0005 to 0014 and 0055 to 0300 (400 V units
only).
Max. voltage is limited to 500 V.
MOVIDRIVE
B models with suffix 0015 to 0150 (230 V units only).

rical ampere:
MOVIDRIVE
B models with suffix 0015 to 0040 and 0370 to 1320 (400 V units
only).
MOVIDRIVE

rical amperes:
MOVIDRIVE

Series Frame size in-lbs Nm
MOVIDRIVE
B 0XS, 0S, 0L 5 0.6

1, 2S 5 0.6
2 13 1.5
3 31 3.5
4, 5 120 14
6 180 20
7 620 70
4
Information regarding UL
Installation
4.4.3 Branch circuit protection
AC 400/500 V
units
AC 230 V units
4.4.4 Ambient temperature
The units are suitable for an ambient temperature of 40 C, max. 60 C with derated out-
put current.
To determine output current rating at higher than 40 C, the output current should be de-
rated 2.5 % per C between 40 C and 50 C, and 3 % per C between 50 C and 60 C.
MOVIDRIVE

MDX60B/61B...5_3
Max. supply short cir-
cuit current
Max. supply voltage Max. fuse rating
0005/0008/0011/0014 AC 5000 A AC 500 V AC 15 A / 600 V
0015/0022/0030/0040 AC 10000 A AC 500 V AC 35 A / 600 V
0055/0075 AC 5000 A AC 500 V AC 60 A / 600 V
0110 AC 5000 A AC 500 V AC 110 A / 600 V
0150/0220 AC 5000 A AC 500 V AC 175 A / 600 V
0300 AC 5000 A AC 500 V AC 225 A / 600 V
0370/0450 AC 10000 A AC 500 V AC 350 A / 600 V
0550/0750 AC 10000 A AC 500 V AC 500 A / 600 V
0900 AC 10000 A AC 500 V AC 250 A / 600 V
1100 AC 10000 A AC 500 V AC 300 A / 600 V
1320 AC 10000 A AC 500 V AC 400 A / 600 V
1600 AC 18000 A AC 500 V AC 400 A / 600 V
2000 AC 18000 A AC 500 V AC 500 A / 600 V
2500 AC 18000 A AC 500 V AC 600 A / 600 V
MOVIDRIVE

MDX61B...2_3
Max. supply short cir-
cuit current
Max. supply voltage Max. fuse rating
0015/0022/0037 AC 5000 A AC 240 V AC 30 A / 250 V
0055/0075 AC 5000 A AC 240 V AC 110 A / 250 V
0110 AC 5000 A AC 240 V AC 175 A / 250 V
0150 AC 5000 A AC 240 V AC 225 A / 250 V
0220/0300 AC 10000 A AC 240 V AC 350 A / 250 V
INFORMATION
Use only tested units with a limited output voltage (U
max
= DC 30 V) and limited
output current (I
max
= 8 A) as an external DC 24 V voltage source.
UL certification does not apply to operation in voltage supply systems with a
non-grounded star point (IT systems).
4
Shield clamps
Installation
4.5 Shield clamps
4.5.1 Shield clamp for power section, size 0
A set of shield clamps is supplied as standard for the power section of MOVIDRIVE
MDX60B/61B size 0. The shield clamps are not yet installed.

Install the shield clamps for the power section as follows:
Secure the contact clips to the shield plates.
Secure the shield clamps to the top and the bottom of the unit.
1805286795
[1] Contact clips
[2] Retaining screws for contact clip
[3] Shield plate
[4] Retaining screw for shield clamp
[1]
[3]
[4]
[2]
4
Shield clamps
Installation
4.5.2 Shield clamp for power section, size 1
A shield clamp is supplied as standard for the power section with MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B size 1. Install this shield clamp on the power section together with the unit's
retaining screws.
4.5.3 Shield clamp for power section, sizes 2S and 2
A shield clamp for the power section is supplied as standard with two retaining screws
with MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B sizes 2S and 2. Install this shield clamp using the two re-
taining screws.
The shield clamps for the power section provide you with a very convenient way of in-
stalling the shield for the motor and brake cables. Apply the shield and PE conductor as
shown in the figures below.
4.5.4 Shield clamp for power section, sizes 3 to 7
No shield clamps for the power section are supplied with MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B sizes
3 to 7. Use commercially available shield clamps for installing the shielding of motor and
brake cables. Apply the shield as closely as possible to the inverter.
1805289867
[1] Power section shield clamp [2] PE connection (y)
[1]
[2]
1805291787
[1] Power section shield clamp [2] PE connection (y)
[1] [2]
4
Shield clamps
Installation
4.5.5 Shield clamp for signal cables
Install the shield clamp for the signal cable as follows:
If installed, remove the keypad and the front cover.
Size 0: Attach the shield clamp on the bottom of the control unit.
Sizes 1 to 7: Attach the shield clamp on the bottom of the control unit.
Size 0
Sizes 1 to 7
1805296011
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
MDX 60B MDX 61B
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
1805401483
[1] Contact clip(s)
[2] Retaining screw(s) for contact clips
[3] Shield plate
[4] Retaining screw for shield clamp
[1]
[3]
[4]
[2]
4
Touch guard for power terminals
Installation
4.6 Touch guard for power terminals
4.6.1 Size 2S
IP20 is achieved for MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B size 2S if one of the following conditions is

fulfilled:
Touch guard is installed on X3 / X4.
An adequate cable is connected to X3 / X4
If neither of the two conditions is fulfilled, the degree of protection is IP10.
DANGER
Uncovered power connections.
Severe or fatal injuries from electric shock.
Install the touch guard according to the regulations.
Never start the unit if the touch guard is not installed.
1805410571
Fig. 4: Touch guard for MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B size 2S
4
1 2 3
5 6
7 8 9
+/- 0
X3
X3
IP10
PE
PE 9/-R 8/+R
9/-R 8/+R
IP20
IP10
PE
X4
X4
+U
Z
-U
Z
PE +U
Z
-U
Z
IP20
4
Installation
4.6.2 Sizes 4 and 5
IP20 is achieved for MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B sizes 4 and 5 (AC 500 V units:

MDX61B0370/0450/0550/0750; AC 230 V units: MDX61B0220/0300), as soon as one
of the following conditions is fulfilled:
Cables with shrink tubing and a cable cross section of 35 mm
2
(AWG2) are
connected to X1, X2, X3, X4. The additional DLB11B touch guard need not be
installed.
Cables with shrink tubing and a cable cross section of < 35 mm
2
(AWG2) are
connected to X1, X2, X3, X4. The DLB11B touch guard must be installed properly
(see section "Installing the DLB11B touch guard").
The DLB11B must be connected to power terminals that are not connected. The
DLB11B does not have to be connected to the PE terminals.
If neither of the conditions is fulfilled, the degree of protection is IP10. The DLB11B
touch guard (12 pieces included in the scope of delivery) is available via the part
number 0823 111 7.
4
Installation
Installing the
DLB11B touch
guard
Proceed as follows to install the DLB11B touch guard:
Figure I: Power terminal with connected power cable with a cable cross section of
< 35 mm
2
(AWG2):
Remove the plastic saddle [1] and push the DLB11B touch guard [3] on the respec-
tive stud [2] of the power terminal. Make sure that the cable output is straight. Install
the cover for the power terminals.
Figure II: Power terminal without connected power cable:
Push the DLB11B touch guard [1] on the respective stud [2]. Install the cover for the
power terminals.
For additional information on the X1, X2, X3 and X4 power terminals, refer to the "Tech-
nical Data" section.
1805413643 1805519115
[1] Plastic saddle [1] Touch guard
[2] Terminal stud [2] Terminal stud
[3] Correctly mounted touch guard [3] Correctly mounted touch guard
90
[2]
[1]
[3]
I
[3]
[1]
II
[2]
4
Installation
4.6.3 Sizes 4 - 6
For MOVIDRIVE
size 4 (AC 500 V units: MDX61B0370/0450; AC 230 V units:

MDX61B0220/0300), size 5 (MDX61B0550/0750) and size 6 (MDX61B0900/1100/
1320), two (2) touch guards with eight (8) retaining screws are supplied as standard. In-
stall the touch guard on both covers of the power terminals.
The touch guard comprises the following parts:
IP10 is only achieved for the MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B units sizes 4, 5 and 6 when the

following conditions are fulfilled:
Touch guard is fully installed
Shrink tubing is installed on the power cables of all power terminals (X1, X2, X3, X4)
(see following picture)
1805522187
Fig. 5: Touch guard for MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B sizes 4, 5 and 6

[1] Cover plate
[2] Connection plate
[3] Screen (only for size 5)
1805525259
[1]
[2]
[3]
PE L1
1 2 3 7 8
L2 L3 -UZ +UZ PE
PE L1
1 2 3 7 8
L2 L3 -UZ +UZ PE
K
L
2
2
1
2
-
1
5
0
5
0
K
L
2
K
L
2
1
2
-
1
5
1
5
INFORMATION
If the above conditions are not met, MOVIDRIVE
units sizes 4, 5 and 6 have degree

of protection IP00.
4
Installation
4.6.4 Size 7
Installation of
touch guard
DLB21B
Degree of protection IP20 is achieved for MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B size 7 when the touch

guard DLB21B (part no 1 822 608 6) is trimmed to size by the customer and mounted in
front and behind the power connections.
2307312139
INFORMATION
If the above conditions are not met, MOVIDRIVE
units size 7 have degree of protec-

tion IP00.
4
Wiring diagram for basic unit
Installation
4.7 Wiring diagram for basic unit
4.7.1 Power section and brake (size 1-6)
Always switch off the brake on the DC and AC sides with:
all hoist applications,
Drives that require a rapid brake response time
CFC and SERVO operating modes
1805559691
* With sizes 1, 2 and 2S, there is no PE connection next to the supply system connection terminals and motor con-
nection terminals (X1, X2). In this case, use the PE terminal next to the DC link connection (X4).
** You must adhere to the connection sequence of the brake connector. Incorrect connection will cause irrepa-
rable damage to the brake. Read the operating instructions for the motors when connecting the brake using
the terminal box.
INFORMATION
Connect the brake rectifier using a separate supply system lead.
Supply via the motor voltage is not permitted!
X1:
X2: X3:
F14/F15 F14/F15
L1 L2 L3
L1' L2' L3'
F11/F12/F13
K11
(AC-3)
L1
L2
L3
PE
L1 L2 L3
U V
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
K12
(AC-3)
K12
(AC-3)
DB DB DB
DGND DGND
DGND
BG
BGE
BG
BGE
*
F14/F15
K11
(AC-3)
K11
(AC-3)
K11
(AC-3)
1
2
3
4
13
14
15
BMK
U
AC
U
AC
U
AC
CT/CV, CM71 ... 112: Cutoff in the DC and AC circuits
Brake connector**
X4:
-U
Z
+U
Z
PE
DC link
connection
M
3-phase
Protective earth (shield)
Line filter option NF...
CT/CV/DR/DT/DV:
Cutoff in the AC -
circuit
CT/CV/DR/DT/DV:
Cutoff in the DC and AC
circuits
white
red
blue
white
red
blue
Power section
W +R -R
PE
Section Braking resistor
connection
BW.../BW..-T/BW...-P
BE BE
4
Installation
4.7.2 Power section and DC power supply unit (size7)
For connecting the brake, refer to the wiring diagram of size 1-6.
Technical data of
DC power supply
unit:
Rated current: AC 2.4 A
Inrush current AC 30 A / AC 380 - 500 V
4.7.3 Brake rectifier in the control cabinet
Install the connection cables between the brake rectifier and the brake separately from
other power cables when installing the brake rectifier in the control cabinet. Joint instal-
lation is only permitted with shielded power cables.
2079053451
X1:
X2: X3:
L1 L2 L3
L1' L2' L3'
F11/F12/F13
K11
(AC-3)
L1
L2
L3
PE
L1 L2 L3
U V
M
3-phase
Line filter option NF...
Power section
W +R -R
PE
Section Braking resistor
connection
BW... / BW..-T / BW...-P
F11/F12/F13
L1
L2
L3
PE
L
1
L
2
L
3
9
1
0
1
1
1
2
Power
supply
INFORMATION
Note that the connection of external +24 V power supply units to the X10:9 control ter-
minal is not permitted in backup mode via power supply unit. Incorrect connection
prompts an error message.
4
Installation
4.7.4 Braking resistor BW... / BW...-...-T /BW...-...-P
1805563147
Power section
When the internal temperature
switch trips, K11 must be opened
and DI"/Controller inhibit"
must receive a "0" signal. The
resistor circuit must not be
interrupted!
When the external bimetal relay
(F16) trips, K11 must be opened and
DI "/Controller inhibit" must
receive a "0" signal . The resistor
circuit must not be interrupted!
Power section Power section
When the signal contact F16 trips,
K11 must be opened and DI"/Controller
inhibit" must receive a "0" signal. The resistor
circuit must not be interrupted!
T
2
T
1
affects
K11
BW...-...-T
RB2
RB1
X3:
+R -R
PE
BW...
F16
X3:
+R -R
PE
Wirkt
auf K11
4 6
X3:
+R -R
PE
BW...-...-P
affects
K11
97
95
98
96
F16
Overload protection
Braking resistor type Design speci-
fied
Internal temperature switch
(..T)
External bimetallic relay
(F16)
BW... - - Required
BW...-...-T - One of the two options (internal temperature switch/external
bimetallic relay) is required.
BW...-003 / BW...-005 Adequate - Permitted
BW090-P52B Adequate - -
4
Installation
4.7.5 Signal terminals
1805566603
* Factory setting
** If the binary inputs are connected to the DC 24 V voltage supply X13:8 "VO24", install a jumper between X13:7
(DCOM) and X13:9 (DGND) on MOVIDRIVE
.
DGND (X10, X12, X13, X16, X17) is connected with PE as standard (threaded hole, see section "Unit structure").
You can establish galvanic isolation by removing the M4 x 14 grounding screw.
*** External voltage supply via X:10 only for size 0-6. With size 7, the 24 V backup voltage must be connected via the
DC power supply unit.
XT
DC-10 V
DC+10 V
+
-
n1(0...10 V*; +/-10 V)
DC 0...20 mA; 4 ... 20 mA
X11:
REF1
AI 11
AI12
AGND
REF2
1
2
3
4
5
R11
DC-10V...+10V
I
X
1
1
:
A
I
1
1
/
A
I
1
2
X12:
DGND
SC11
SC12
1
2
3
S 13
S 14
S 11
S 12
ON OFF*
X16:
X10:
DI 6
DI 7
DO3
DO4
DO5
DGND
1
2
3
4
5
6
K12
(AC-3)
TF1
DGND
DB
DO1-C
DO1-NO
DO1-NC
DO2
VO24
VI24
DGND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
24V
Control unit
n11/n21*
n12/n22*
DGND
X13:
DI
DI1
DI2
DI3
DI4
DI5
DCOM* *
VO24
DGND
ST11
ST12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11 RS485 -
RS485 +
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
c
d
E
F
H
IPOS program
running (flashing
dot)
t
U
.
X
1
7
:
D
G
N
D
V
O
2
4
S
O
V
2
4
S
V
I
2
4
1234
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

p
o
t
e
n
t
i
a
l

f
o
r

b
i
n
a
r
y

s
i
g
n
a
l
s
D
C
+
2
4

V

o
u
t
p
u
t
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

D
C
+
2
4

V

i
n
p
u
t

s
a
f
e

s
t
o
p
D
C
+
2
4

V

i
n
p
u
t
S
a
f
e

s
t
o
p
Operator
panel option
DBG60B
Higher-level
controller
Binary
input
Binary
outputs
7-segment display
Operating status
Inverter not ready
Controller inhibited
Not enabled
Standstill current
VFC operation
n control
M control
Hold control
Factory setting
Limit switch reached
Technology option
IPOS reference travel
Flying start
Encoder calibration
Error display
Manual operation
Waiting for data
Safe stop active
7
-
s
e
g
m
e
n
t

d
i
s
p
l
a
y
Reference potential for analog signals
System bus reference
System bus high
System bus low
Switchover I signal <-> U signal *
System bus terminating resistor
XT: 9.6 kBaud <-> 57.6 kBaud
Frequency input active
*
Reference potential for binary signals
Enable/stop*
/Controller inhibit
No function*
No function*
IPOS output*
IPOS output*
IPOS output*
CW/stop*
CCW/stop*
Reference X13:DI...DI5
O
p
t
i
o
n
s

s
l
o
t
s
o
n
l
y

w
i
t
h

M
D
X
6
1
B
S
h
i
e
l
d

p
l
a
t
e

o
r

s
h
i
e
l
d

c
l
a
m
p
Reference pot. f. binary signals
Reference potential
for binary signals
DC+24 V input
Input TF-/TH-/KTY+
Relay contact
Ready for operation*
Relay NC contact
Relay NO contact
/Brake
/Fault*
U
Reference
binary outputs
DC+24 V output
DC+24 V output
(MOVIDRIVE electronic data)
Socket
Sub-D 9-pole
DE L OK
Serial interface
option
e.g. UWS21B
DC0(4)...20 mA
R
S
4
8
5
R
S
2
3
2
T
y
p
:

U
W
S
2
1
B
S
a
c
h
-
N
r

1

8
2
0

4
5
6

2

Connect external *** DC 24 V
supply depending on the option
4
Installation
4.7.6 Description of terminal functions on the basic unit (power section and control unit)
Terminal Function
X1:1/2/3
X2:4/5/6
X3:8/9
X4:
L1/L2/L3 (PE)
U/V/W (PE)
+R/-R (PE)
+U
Z
/-U
Z
(PE)
Supply system connection
Motor connection
Braking resistor connection
DC link connection
9,10,11,12 L1/L2/L3/PE Connection of switched-mode power supply (only for size 7)
S11:
S12:
S13:
S14:
Change I-signal DC(0(4)...20 am) V-signal DC(-10 V...0...10 V, 0...10 V), factory setting to V signal.
Switching system bus terminating resistor on/off; factory setting: OFF.
Set baud rate for the RS485 interface XT.
Either 9.6 or 57.6 baud, factory setting: 75.6 baud.
Switch frequency input on or off, factory setting: switched off.
X12:1
X12:2
X12:3
DGND
SC11
SC12
Reference potential system bus
System bus high
System bus low
X11:1
X11:2/3
X11:4
X11:5
REF1
AI11/12
AGND
REF2
DC+10 V (max. DC 3 am) for setpoint potentiometer
Setpoint input n1 (differential input or input with AGND reference potential), signal form P11_/ S11
Reference potential for analog signals (REF1, REF2, AI.., AO..)
DC10 V (max. DC 3 mA) for setpoint potentiometer
X13:1
X13:2
X13:3
X13:4
X13:5
X13:6
DI
DI1
DI2
DI3
DI4
DI5
Binary input 1, with fixed assignment "/Controller
inhibit"
Binary input 2, factory setting "CW/stop"
Binary input 3, factory setting "CCW/stop"
Binary input 4, factory setting "Enable/stop"
Binary input 5, factory setting "n11/n21"
Binary input 6, factory setting "n12/n22"
The binary inputs are electrically isolated by
optocouplers.
Selection options for binary inputs 2 to 6 (DI1
... DI5) Parameter menu P60_
X13:7 DCOM Reference for binary inputs X13:1 to X13:6 (DI to DI5) and X16:1/X16:2 (DI6 to DI7)
Switching binary inputs with DC+24 V external voltage: Connection X13:7 (DCOM) must be connected
to the reference potential of the external voltage.
Without jumper X13:7-X13:9 (DCOM-DGND) Isolated binary inputs
With jumper X13:7-X13:9 (DCOM-DGND) Non-isolated binary inputs
The binary inputs must be switched with DC+24 V from X13:8 or X10:8 (VO24) Jumper required
X13:7-X13:9 (DCOM-DGND).
X13:8
X13:9
X13:10
X13:11
VO24
DGND
ST11
ST12
Auxiliary supply output DC+24 V (max. load X13:8 and X10:8 = 400 mA) for external command switches
RS485+ (baud rate has a fixed setting of 9.6 kBaud)
RS485-
X16:1
X16:2
X16:3
X16:4
X16:5
X16:6
DI6
DI7
DO3
DO4
DO5
DGND
Binary input 7, factory setting "No function"
Binary input 8, factory setting "No function"
Binary output 3, factory setting "IPOS output"
Do not connect external voltage to binary outputs
X16:3 (DO3) and X16:5 (DO5)!
The binary inputs are electrically isolated by
optocouplers.
Selection options for binary inputs 7 to 8 (DI6/
DI7) Parameter menu P60_
Selection options for binary outputs 3 to 5
(DO3...DO5) Parameter menu P62_
4
Installation
X10:1
X10:2
X10:3
X10:4
X10:5
X10:6
X10:7
TF1
DGND
DB
DO1-C
DO1-NO
DO1-NC
DO2
KTY+/TF-/TH connection (connect to X10:2 via TF/TH), factory set to "No response" ( P835)
Reference potential for binary signals / KTY
Binary output DB with fixed assignment "/Brake", load capacity max DC 150 mA (short-circuit proof, pro-
tected against external voltage to DC 30 V)
Shared contact binary output 1, factory setting "Ready"
Normally open contact binary output 1, max. load of relay contacts DC 30 V and DC 0.8 A
NC contact binary output 1
Binary output DB2, factory set to "/Fault", max. load capacity DC 50 mA (short-circuit proof, protected
against external voltage to DC 30 V). Selection options for binary outputs 1 and 2 (DO1 and DO2)
Parameter menu P62_. Do not apply external voltage to binary outputs X10:3 (DB) and X10:7 (DO2).
X10:8
X10:9
X10:10
VO24
VI24
DGND
Auxiliary supply output DC+24 V (max. load X13:8 and X10:8 = 400 mA) for external command switches
Input DC+24 V voltage supply (backup voltage depending on options, unit diagnosis when supply system
off)
Note for X:10.9: Only connect external backup voltage DC +24 V to sizes 0-6. With size 7, the DC
power supply unit must be connected to the supply system. Refer to section "Power section and DC
power supply unit (size 7)" (page 58).
X17:1
X17:2
X17:3
X17:4
DGND
VO24
SOV24
SVI24
Reference potential for X17:2
Auxiliary supply voltage DC+24 V, only to supply X17:4 on the same unit
Reference potential for DC+24 V "safe stop" input (safety contact)
DC+24 V "safe stop" input (safety contact)
XT Only service interface. Option slot: DBG60B / UWS21B / USB11A
Terminal Function
4
Assignment of braking resistors, chokes and filters
Installation
4.8 Assignment of braking resistors, chokes and filters
4.8.1 AC 400/500 V units, size 0
MOVIDRIVE
MDX60/61B...-5A3 0005 0008 0011 0014

Size 0
Braking resistors
BW... /
BW..-..-T
Trip current Part number
BW...
Part number
BW...-...-T
BW090-P52B
1)
1) Internal thermal overload protection, no bimetallic relay required.
- 824 563 0
BW072-003 I
F
= 0.8 A 826 058 3
BW072-005 I
F
= 1.2 A 826 060 5
BW168/BW168-T I
F
= 3.6 A 820 604 X 1820 133 4
BW100-006
BW100-006-T
I
F
= 2.4 A 821 701 7 1820 419 8
Line chokes Part number
ND020-013 I
line
= AC 20 A 826 012 5
Line filter Part number
NF009-503 U
max
= AC 550 V 827 412 6
Output chokes Inner diameter Part number
HD001 d = 50 mm (2 in) 813 325 5 for cable cross sections 1.5 to 16 mm
2
(AWG 16 to
6)
HD002 d = 23 mm (0.91 in) 813 557 6 For cable cross sections 1.5 mm
2
(AWG 16)
Output filter (only in VFC operating mode) Part number
HF008-503 826 029 X A
HF015-503 826 030 3 B A
HF022-503 826 031 1 B
A In rated operation (100 %)
B With variable torque load (125 %)
4
Installation
4.8.2 AC 400/500 V units, sizes 1, 2S, and 2
MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B...-5A3 0015 0022 0030 0040 0055 0075 0110

Size 1 2S 2
Braking resistors
BW... / BW..-..-T
BW...
Part number
BW...-...-T
BW100-005 I
F
= 1.0 A 826 269 1
BW100-006/
BW100-006-T
I
F
= 2.4 A 821 701 7 1820 419 8
BW168/BW168-T I
F
= 3.6 A 820 604 X 1820 133 4
BW268/BW268-T I
F
= 4.2 A 820 715 1 1820 417 1
BW147/BW147-T I
F
= 5.1 A 820 713 5 1820 134 2
BW247/BW247-T I
F
= 6.5 A 820 714 3 1820 084 2
BW347/BW347-T I
F
= 9.2 A 820 798 4 1820 135 0
BW039-012/
BW039-012-T
I
F
= 5.5 A 821 689 4 1820 136 9
BW039-026-T I
F
= 8.2 A 1820 415 5
BW039-050-T I
F
= 11.3 A 1820 137 7
ND020-013 I
line
= AC 20 A 826 012 5
ND045-013 I
line
= AC 45 A 826 013 3
NF009-503
U
max
= AC 550 V
827 412 6 A
NF014-503 827 116 X B A
NF018-503 827 413 4 B
NF035-503 827 128 3
HD001 d = 50 mm (2 in) 813 325 5 For cable cross sections 1.5 16 mm
2
(AWG 16
26)
2
(AWG 16)
HD003 d = 88 mm (3.5 in) 813 558 4 for cable cross sections > 16 mm
2
(AWG 6)
Output filter (only in VFC operating
mode)
Part number
HF015-503 826 030 3 A
HF022-503 826 031 1 B A
HF030-503 826 032 X B A
HF040-503 826 311 6 B A
HF055-503 826 312 4 B A
HF075-503 826 313 2 B A
HF023-403 825 784 1 B A
HF033-403 825 785 X B
4
Installation
4.8.3 AC 400/500 V units, sizes 3 and 4
MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B...-503 0150 0220 0300 0370 0450

Size 3 4
Braking resistors
BW... /
BW...-...-T
BW...-...-P
BW...
Part number
BW...-...-T
Part number
BW...-...-P
BW018-015/
BW018-015-P
I
F
= 9.1 A 821 684 3 1 820 416 3
C C
BW018-035-T I
F
= 13.9 A 1820 138 5 C C
BW018-075-T I
F
= 20.4 A 1820 139 3 C C
BW915-T I
F
= 32.7 A 1820 413 9
BW012-025/
BW012-025-P
I
F
= 14.4A 821 680 0 1 820 414 7
BW012-050-T I
F
= 20.4 A 1820 140 7
BW012-100-T I
F
= 28.9 A 1820 141 5
BW106-T I
F
= 47.4 A 1820 083 4
BW206-T I
F
= 54.8 A 1820 412 0
ND045-013 I
line
= AC 45 A 826 013 3 A
ND085-013 I
line
= AC 85 A 826 014 1 B A
ND150-013 I
line
= AC 150 A 825 548 2 B
ND300-0053 I
line
= AC 300 A 827 721 4
NF035-503
U
max
= AC 550 V
827 128 3 A
NF048-503 827 117 8 B A
NF063-503 827 414 2 B A
NF085-503 827 415 0 B A
NF115-503 827 416 9 B
HD001 d = 50 mm 813 325 5 For cable cross sections 1.5 16 mm
2
(AWG 16 6)
HD003 d = 88 mm 813 558 4 for cable cross sections > 16 mm
2
(AWG 6)
Output filter (only in VFC operating
mode)
Part number
HF033-403 825 785 X A B / D A / D
HF047-403 825 786 8 B A
HF450-503 826 948 3 B E
C Connect two braking resistors in parallel and set twice the trip current on F16 (2 I
F
)
D Connect three braking resistors in parallel and set three times the trip current on F16 (3 I
F
)
E Connect four braking resistors in parallel and set four times the trip current on F16 (4 I
F
)
4
Installation
4.8.4 AC 400/500 V units, sizes 5 to 7
MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B...-503 0550 0750 0900 1100 1320 1600 2000 2500

Size 5 6 7
Braking resistors
BW...-...-T
BW...-...-T
BW106-T I
F
= 47.4 A 1820 083 4 C C C D E F
BW206-T I
F
= 54.8 A 1820 412 0 C C C D E F
BW1.4-170-T I
F
= 110 A 1330 152 7
BW003-420-T I
F
= 129 A 1330 234 5 C C C
NF115-503
U
max
= AC 550 V
827 416 9 A
NF150-503 827 417 7 B
NF210-503 827 418 5 A
NF300-503 827 419 3 B
NF600-503 1 796 338 9 B B B
HD001 d = 50 mm 813 325 5 For cable cross sections 1.5 16 mm
2
(AWG 16 6)
HD003 d = 88 mm 813 558 4 for cable cross sections > 16 mm
2
(AWG 6)
HD004 Connection
with M12 bolt
816 885 7
HD005 Connection
With M12 cable lug,
M10 PE connection
1 796 336 2
B B B
Output filter (only in V/f and VFC operating mode) Part number
HF450-503 826 948 3 H H
HF180-403 829 909 9
HF325-403 829 948 3
F
)
D Connect three braking resistors in parallel and set three times the trip current on F16 (3 I
F
)
E Connect four braking resistors in parallel and set four times the trip current on F16 (4 I
F
)
F Connect five braking resistors in parallel and set five times the trip current on F16 (5 I
F
)
H Two filter in parallel
4
Installation
4.8.5 AC 230 V units, sizes 1 to 4
MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B...-2_3 0015 0022 0037 0055 0075 0110 0150 0220 0300
Size 1 2 3 4
Braking resis-
tors
BW...-.../
BW...-...-T
BW...-...-P
Trip current
Part num-
ber BW...
Part num-
ber BW...-
...-T
BW039-003 I
F
= 2.7 A 821 687 8
BW039-006 I
F
= 3.9 A 821 688 6
BW039-012
BW039-012-T
I
F
= 5.5 A 821 689 4 1 820 136 9
BW039-026-T I
F
= 8.1 A 1 820 415 5
BW027-006 I
F
= 4.7 A 822 422 6
BW027-012 I
F
= 6.6 A 822 423 4
BW018-015-T I
F
= 9.1 A 1 820 416 3 C C C C
BW018-035-T I
F
= 13.9 A 1 820 138 5 C C C C
BW018-075-T I
F
= 20.4 A 1 820 139 3 C C C C
BW915-T I
F
= 32.6 A 1 820 413 9 C C C C
BW012-025-P I
F
= 14.4 A 1 820 414 7
BW012-050-T I
F
= 20.4 A 1 820 140 7
BW012-100-T I
F
= 28.8 A 1 820 141 5
BW106-T I
F
= 47.4 A 1 820 083 4 C C
BW206-T I
F
= 54.7 A 1 820 412 0 C C
ND020-013 S I
line
= AC 20 A 826 012 5 A
ND045-013 S I
line
= AC 45 A 826 013 3 B A
ND085-013 S I
line
= AC 85 A 826 014 1 B A
ND150-013 S I
line
= AC 150 A 825 548 2 B
NF009-503
U
max
= AC 550 V
827 412 6 A
NF014-503 827 116 X B A
NF018-503 827 413 4 B
NF035-503 827 128 3
NF048-503 827 117 8 A
NF063-503 827 414 2 B
NF085-503 827 415 0 A
NF115-503 827 416 9 B
HD001 d = 50 mm (2 in) 813 325 5 for cable cross sections 1.5 to 16 mm
2
(AWG 16 to 6)
2
(AWG 16)
HD003 d = 88 mm (3.5 in) 813 558 4 for cable cross sections > 16 mm
2
(AWG 6)
F
)
4
Connecting the system bus (SBus 1)
Installation
4.9 Connecting the system bus (SBus 1)
Max. 64 CAN bus stations can be addressed via system bus (SBus). Use a repeater
after 20 or 30 nodes, depending on the length of the cables and the cable capacity. The
SBus supports transmission technology compliant with ISO 11898.
The "Serial Communication" manual contains detailed information about the system bus
that can be ordered from SEW-EURODRIVE.
4.9.1 SBus wiring diagram
Cable specification Use a 4-core twisted and shielded copper cable (data transmission cable with
braided copper shield). The cable must meet the following specifications:
Cable cross section 0.25 ... 0,75 mm
2
(AWG 23 to AWG 19)
Cable resistance 120 at 1 MHz
Capacitance per unit length 40 pF/m at 1 kHz
Suitable cables include CAN bus or DeviceNet cables.
Connecting the
shield
Connect the shield to the electronics shield clamp on the inverter or master controller
and make sure it is connected over a wide area at both ends.
Cable length The permitted total cable length depends on the baud rate setting of the SBus
(P884):
125 kBaud 320 m (1050 ft)
250 kBaud 160 m (525 ft)
500 kBaud 80 m (260 ft)
1000 kBaud 40 m (130 ft)
INFORMATION
Only when P884 "SBus baud rate" = 1000 kBaud:
MOVIDRIVE
compact MCH4_A units are not allowed to be combined with other

MOVIDRIVE
units in the same system bus combination.

The units are allowed to be mixed when baud rates 1000 kBaud.
1805703179
X12:
DGND
SC11
SC12
1
2
3
S 12
S 11
S 13
S 14
ON OFF
X12:
DGND
SC11
SC12
1
2
3
S 12
S 11
S 13
S 14
ON OFF
X12:
DGND
SC11
SC12
1
2
3
S 11
S 13
S 14
S 12
ON OFF
Control unit Control unit Control unit
Systembus
Ref.
Systembus
Ref.
Systembus
Ref.
SystembusHigh SystembusHigh SystembusHigh
SystembusLow SystembusLow SystembusLow
Systembus
Terminating resistor
Systembus
Systembus
4
Connecting the RS485 interface
Installation
Terminating resis-
tor
Switch on the system bus terminating resistor (S12 = ON) at the start and end of the
system bus connection. Switch off the terminating resistor on the other units (S12 =
OFF).
4.10 Connecting the RS485 interface
The RS485 interface (X13:ST11, ST12) can be used for connecting max. 32
MOVIDRIVE
units, e.g. for master/slave operation, or 31 MOVIDRIVE
units and a
master control system (PLC). The baud rate is set to 9.6 baud by default.
NOTICE
There must not be any potential displacement between the units connected with the
SBus. This may affect the functionality of the units.
Take suitable measures to avoid potential displacement, such as connecting the unit
ground connectors using a separate cable.
4
Connecting the RS485 interface
Installation
4.10.1 Wiring diagram of the RS485 interface (X13)
Cable specification Use a 4-core twisted and shielded copper cable (data transmission cable with
braided copper shield). The cable must meet the following specifications:
Cable cross section 0.25 ... 0,75 mm
2
(AWG 23 to AWG 19)
Cable resistance 100 ... 150 at 1 MHz
Capacitance per unit length 40 pF/m at 1 kHz
Connecting the
shield
Connect the shield to the electronics shield clamp on the inverter or higher-level
controller and make sure it is connected over a wide area at both ends.
1805890699
X13: X13: X13:
DGND
ST11
ST12
DGND
ST11
ST12
DGND
ST11
ST12
DI
DI1
DI2
DI3
DI4
DI5
DCOM
VO24
DI
DI1
DI2
DI3
DI4
DI5
DCOM
VO24
DI
DI1
DI2
DI3
DI4
DI5
DCOM
VO24
9
10
11
9
10
11
9
10
11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RS485- RS485- RS485-
RS485+ RS485+ RS485+
4
Connecting the interface adapter option type DWE11B/12B
Installation
Cable length The permitted total cable length is 200 m (656 ft).
Terminating resis-
tor
Dynamic terminating resistors are installed. Do not connect any external
terminating resistors.
4.11 Connecting the interface adapter option type DWE11B/12B
4.11.1 Part number and description
DWE11B, part number 188 187 6
The interface adapter DWE11B (HTLTTL) in the form of an adapter cable is used
to connect single-ended HTL encoders to theDEH11B/DEH21B option. Only the
A, B and C tracks are connected. The interface adapter is suitable for all HTL encod-
ers that were operated on MOVIDRIVE
A, MDV and MCV and can be connected

without any rewiring effort.
NOTICE
There must not be any potential displacement between the units connected via the
RS485. This may affect the functionality of the units.
Take suitable measures to avoid potential displacement, such as connecting the unit
ground connectors using a separate cable.
1805896331
[A] 5 x 2 x 0.25 mm
2
(AWG 23) / length 1000 mm (39.37 in) / max.
cable length inverter - encoder: 100 m (328 ft)
[B] DC 24 V connection for HTL encoder; 1 x 0.5 mm
2
(AWG 20)
/ length 250 mm (9.84 in)
Signal Terminal of 9-pin sub D socket [C] (encoder end)
A 1
B 2
C 3
UB 9
GND 5
[C]
[B]
[A]
4
Connecting the interface adapter option type DWE11B/12B
Installation
DWE12B, part number 188 180 9
The interface adapter DWE12B (HTLTTL) in the form of an adapter cable is used
to connect single-ended HTL encoders to theDEH11B/DEH21B option. In addi-
tion to the A, B and C track, you will also have to connect the negated tracks (A, B,
C). SEW-EURODRIVE recommends using this interface adapter for any new sys-
tem.
1805896331
[A] 4 x 2 x 0.25 mm
2
(AWG 23) / length 1000 mm (39.37 in) /
max. cable length inverter - encoder: 200 m (656 ft)
[B] DC 24 V connection for HTL encoder; 1 x 0.5 mm
2
(AWG 20)
/ length 250 mm (9.84 in)
Signal Terminal of 9-pin sub D socket [C] (encoder end)
A 1
A 6
B 2
B 7
C 3
C 8
UB 9
GND 5
[C]
[B]
[A]
4
Connection of interface adapter option UWS21B (RS232)
Installation
4.12 Connection of interface adapter option UWS21B (RS232)
4.12.1 Part number
Interface adapter UWS21B: 1 820 456 2
4.12.2 Scope of delivery
The scope of delivery for the UWS21B option includes:
UWS21B
CD-ROM with MOVITOOLS
MotionStudio
Serial interface cable with 9-pin sub D socket and 9-pin sub D connector to connect
the UWS21B option to the PC.
Serial interface cable with two RJ10 connectors to connect UWS21B to
MOVIDRIVE
.
4.12.3 MOVIDRIVE
-UWS21B connection
Use the connection cable supplied to connect the UWS21B option to the
MOVIDRIVE
unit.
Plug the connection cable into the XT terminal socket of the MOVIDRIVE
unit.
Note that the DBG60B keypad and the UWS21B serial interface cannot be
connected to the MOVIDRIVE
at the same time.

1805915915
Fig. 6: Connection cable between MOVIDRIVE
and UWS21B
UWS21B
MOVIDRIVE
MDX60/61B
4
Connection of interface adapter option UWS21B (RS232)
Installation
4.12.4 Connecting UWS21B to PC
Use the connection cable supplied (shielded RS232 standard interface cable) to
connect the UWS21B option to the PC.
1805918987
Fig. 7: UWS21B-PC connection cable (1:1 connection)
[1] 9-pin D-sub connector
[2] 9-pin D-sub socket
RxD
TxD
max. 5 m (16.5 ft)
UWS21B
[1] R 32 S2 [2]
PC COM 1-4
5
3
2
5
3
2
GND
4
Connecting the interface adapter option USB11A
Installation
4.13 Connecting the interface adapter option USB11A
4.13.1 Part number
Interface adapter USB11A: 824 831 1
4.13.2 Scope of delivery
The scope of delivery for the USB11A includes:
USB11A interface adapter
USB connection cable PC - USB11A (type USB A-B)
Connection cable for MOVIDRIVE
MDX60B/61B - USB11A (cable RJ10-RJ10)

CD-ROM with drivers and MOVITOOLS
MotionStudio
The USB11A interface adapter supports USB 1.1 and USB 2.0.
4.13.3 Connecting MOVIDRIVE
-USB11A - PC
Use the connection cable [1] (RJ10 - RJ10) supplied to connect the USB11A option
to the MOVIDRIVE
unit.
Plug the connection cable [1] into the XT terminal slot of the MOVIDRIVE
MDX60B/
61B and into the RS485 slot of the USB11A.
Note that the DBG60B keypad and the USB11A interface adapter cannot be
connected to MOVIDRIVE
at the same time.

Use the supplied USB connection cable [2] (type USB A-B) to connect the USB11A
to the PC.
1806016651
Fig. 8: Connection cable for MOVIDRIVE
MDX60B/61B - USB11A
USB11A
PC COM 1-4
MOVIDRIVE
MDX60/61B
[1] [2]
4
Connecting the interface adapter option USB11A
Installation
4.13.4 Installation
Connect the USB11A to a PC and MOVIDRIVE
MDX60B/61B using the connection

cables supplied.
Insert the enclosed CD into the CD drive of your PC and install the driver. The first
free COM port on the PC will be assigned to the USB11A interface adapter.
4.13.5 Operation with MOVITOOLS
MotionStudio
After installation, the PC recognizes the USB11A interface adapter after
approximately 5 to 10 s.
Start MOVITOOLS
MotionStudio.
INFORMATION
If the connection between the PC and USB11A is interrupted, you will have to restart
MOVITOOLS
MotionStudio.
4
Option combinations for MDX61B
Installation
4.14 Option combinations for MDX61B
4.14.1 Arrangement of the option slots
Size 0 (0005 ... 0014) Size 1 ... 6 (0015 ... 1320)
1806023691
[1] Encoder slot for encoder options
[2] Fieldbus slot for communication options
[3] Expansion slot for communication options (only sizes 1 to 6)
[2]
[1] [3]
4
Option combinations for MDX61B
Installation
4.14.2 Option card combinations for MDX61B
The option cards are different sizes and can only be installed in the matching option
slots. The following list shows the possible combinations of option cards for
MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B.
Option
card
Designation
MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B
Encoder slot
Size 0 - size 7
Fieldbus port
Size 0 - size 7
Expansion slot
Size 1 - size 7
DEH11B Encoder input incr. / HIPERFACE
X
DEH21B Encoder input absolute encoder X
DEU21B Encoder input absolute encoder X
DER11B Encoder input resolver/HIPERFACE
X
DFP21B PROFIBUS fieldbus interface X
DFI11B INTERBUS fieldbus interface X
DFI21B Fieldbus interface INTERBUS LWL X
DFD11B Fieldbus interface DeviceNet X
DFC11B CAN/CANopen fieldbus interface X
DFE11B
DFE12B
DFE13B
Ethernet fieldbus interface X
DFE32B PROFINET IO fieldbus interface X
DFE33B EtherNet/IP fieldbus interface X
DFE24B EtherCAT fieldbus interface X
DFS11B PROFIBUS fieldbus interface with
PROFIsafe (safe stop)
X
DFS12B PROFIBUS fieldbus interface with
PROFIsafe
X
DFS21B PROFINET IO fieldbus Interface with
PROFIsafe (Safe Stop)
X
DCS21B/
31B
Safety monitor X
DIO11B I/O expansion X X
1)
1) When fieldbus slot is not available
DRS11B Phase-synchronous operation X
DIP11B SSI encoder interface X
DHP11B User-programmable MOVI-PLC

basic controller
X
DHE41B User-programmable MOVI-PLC

advanced controller
X X
1)
DHF41B User-programmable MOVI-PLC

advanced controller
X
DHR41B User-programmable MOVI-PLC

advanced controller
X
DHP11B
+ OST11B
DHP11B + OST11B (RS485 interface,
only in combination with DHP11B)
OST11B DHP11B DHP11B +
OST11B
2)
2) When encoder slot is not available
4
Installing and removing option cards
Installation
4.15 Installing and removing option cards
4.15.1 Before you start
Observe the following notes before installing or removing an option card:
Before installing the option card, remove the keypad ( Sec. "Removing/installing
the keypad") and the front cover ( Sec. "Removing/installing the front cover").
After having installed the option card, replace the keypad ( Sec. "Removing/
installing the keypad") and the front cover ( Sec. "Removing/installing the front
cover").
Keep the option card in its original packaging until immediately before you are ready
to install it.
Hold the option card by its edges only. Do not touch any of the components.
INFORMATION
For MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B size 0, only SEW-EURODRIVE is authorized to install

or remove option cards.
For MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B sizes 1 to 7, you can install or remove the option cards

yourself.
NOTICE
Electrostatic charge.
Damage to electronic components.
Disconnect the inverter from the power. Switch off the DC 24 V and the supply
system voltage.
Take appropriate measures to protect the option card from electrostatic charge
(use discharge strap, conductive shoes, etc.) before touching it.
4
Installing and removing option cards
Installation
4.15.2 Basic procedure for installing/removing an option card
The following figure shows the basic procedure for installing an option card in
MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B size 1 - 7
1. Remove the retaining screws holding the card retaining bracket. Pull the card retain-
ing bracket out evenly from the slot (do not twist!).
2. Remove the retaining screws of the black cover plate on the card retaining bracket.
Remove the black cover plate.
3. Position the option card onto the retaining bracket so that the retaining screws fit into
the corresponding bores on the card retaining bracket.
4. Insert the retaining bracket with the installed option card into the slot, pressing
slightly so it is seated properly. Secure the card retaining bracket with the retaining
screws.
5. To remove the option card, follow the instructions in reverse order.
1.
4.
4.
1.
2.
3.
3.
3.
2.
4
Connecting encoders and resolvers
Installation
4.16 Connecting encoders and resolvers
4.16.1 General installation notes
The D-sub connectors shown in the wiring diagrams have a 4/40 UNC thread.
Max. line length inverter encoder/resolver: 100 m (328 ft) with a capacitance per
unit length 120 nF/km.
Cable cross section: 0.20 0.5 mm
2
(AWG 24 ... 20)
If you cut a core of the encoder/resolver cable, insulate the cut-off end of the core.
Use shielded cables with twisted pair conductors and make sure they are grounded
on both ends over a large surface area:
At the encoder in the cable gland or in the encoder plug
At the inverter in the housing of the D-sub plug
Route the encoder/resolver cable separately from the power cables.
4.16.2 Connecting the shield
Connect the shield of the encoder/resolver cable over a large area.
On the inverter Connect the shield on the inverter end in the housing of the sub D connector ( follow-
ing figure).
INFORMATION
The wiring diagrams do not show the view onto the cable end but the connection to
the motor or MOVIDRIVE
.
The conductor colors specified in the wiring diagrams are in accordance with
IEC 757 and correspond to the conductor colors used in the pre-fabricated cables
from SEW.
2286956939
4
Connecting encoders and resolvers
Installation
On the encoder/
resolver
Connect the shield on the encoder/resolver side at the respective grounding clamps (
following figure). When using an EMC screw fitting, apply the shield over a wide area in
the cable gland. For drives with a plug connector, connect the shield on the encoder
plug.
4.16.3 Prefabricated cables
SEW-EURODRIVE offers pre-fabricated cables for connecting encoders/resolvers. We
recommend using these prefabricated cables.
1806052363
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
4
Connection and terminal description of the DEH11B (HIPERFACE
) option
Installation
4.17 Connection and terminal description of the DEH11B (HIPERFACE
) option
4.17.1 Part number
HIPERFACE
encoder card type DEH11B option: 824 310 7

INFORMATION
The "HIPERFACE
encoder card type DEH11B" option is only possible in

conjunction with MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B, not with MDX60B.

The DEH11B option must be plugged into the encoder slot.
Front view of
DEH11B
Description Terminal Function
1806062475
X14: Input for external encoder or
output for incremental encoder
simulation
Pulse count of the incremental
encoder simulation:
1024 pulses/revolution with
HIPERFACE
encoder on X15
As at X15: Motor encoder input
with sin/cos encoder or TTL
sensor on X15
X14:1
X14:2
X14:3
X14:4
X14:5/6
X14:7
X14:8
X14:9
X14:10
X14:11
X14:12
X14:13/14
X14:15
(COS+) signal track A (K1)
(SIN+) signal track B (K2)
Signal track C (K0)
DATA+
Reserved
Switchover
Reference potential DGND
(COS) Signal track A (K1)
(SIN) Signal track B (K2)
Signal track C (K0)
DATA-
Reserved
DC+12 V (tolerance range DC 10.5 13 V)
(max. load X14:15 and X15:15 = DC 650 mA)
X15: Motor encoder input X15:1
X15:2
X15:3
X15:4
X15:5
X15:6
X15:7
X15:8
X15:9
X15:10
X15:11
X15:12
X15:13
X15:14
X15:15
Signal track C (K0)
DATA+
Reserved
Reference potential TF/TH/KTY
Reserved
Signal track C (K0)
DATA-
Reserved
TF/TH/KTY+ connection
(max. load X14:15 and X15:15 = DC 650 mA)
DEH11B
X
1
4
X
1
5
1
9
8
15
1
8
9
15
4
) option
Installation
4.17.2 Permissible encoders at X:14
Refer to section "Connecting external encoders to X:14" (page 92).
The following SEW encoders can be connected to the option HIPERFACE
encoder
card type DEH11B:
INFORMATION
If X14 is used as an incremental encoder simulation output, the switchover (X14:7)
must be jumpered with DGND (X14:8).
The DC 12 V supply voltage from X14 and X15 is sufficient to operate SEW
encoders (except HTL encoders) with a DC 24 V supply voltage. With all other
encoders, check whether they can be connected to the DC 12 V supply voltage.
NOTICE
Do not connect HTL encoders E..C to X15 of option DEH11B.
Doing so can destroy the X15 (motor encoder input) on the DEH11B option.
Only connect HTL encoders E..C to option DEH11B/12B using the interface adapter
DWE11B/12B ( Sec. "Connecting the interface adapter type DWE11B/12B").
Encoder on DR series AC motors MOVIDRIVE
Motor type Encoder

MOVIDRIVE

inverter
Motor Cable Details
DR71 DR132
ES7S
ES7R
AS7W
X15
1362 2021
1362 2048
(page 93)
DR160 DR225
EG7S
EG7R
AG7W
DR71 DR132
ES7S
ES7R
AS7W
1361 7621
1361 7648
DR160 DR225
EG7S
EG7R
AG7W
DR315 EH7S
1360 2659
1362 3206
9
8
1
15
4
) option
Installation
Encoders on DT../DV.. and CM series motors MOVIDRIVE
Motor type Encoder

MOVIDRIVE

inverter
Motor Cable Details
DT../DV.., DS56
CT../CV..,
CM71 112
CMP
AS1H
ES1H
AK0H
EK0H
AV1H
AF1H
EG7C
1332 453 5
1332 455 1
(page 93)
CM71 112
AS1H
ES1H
AV1H
AF1H
EG7C
1332 457 8
1332 454 3
DT../DV..,
CT../CV..,
EH1S
ES1S
ES2S
EV1S
ES1R
ES2R
EV1R:
EH1R
1332 459 4
1332 458 6
DT../DV..,
ES1T
ES2T
EV1T
EH1T
X15:
DWI11A X2:
DWI11A X1:
198 829 8
198 828 X
817 957 3
9
8
1
15
9
8
1
15
9
8
1
15
9
8
1
15
1
5
6
9
5
1
9
6
4
Connection and terminal description of the DEH21B option
Installation
4.18 Connection and terminal description of the DEH21B option
4.18.1 Part number
Encoder card option DEH21B: 1820 818 5
INFORMATION
For detailed information on the DEH21B option, refer to the "MOVIDRIVE

MDX61B DIP11B/DEH21B absolute encoder cards".
The DEH21B option card can be installed in MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B sizes 0 to 7.
Only SEW-EURODRIVE staff may install or remove the DEH21B option for
MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B size 0.
The DEH21B option card must be plugged into the encoder slot.
The DC 24 V power supply of an encoder connected to X62 is ensured when X60
is supplied with DC 24 V. Observe the "Project planning" chapter in the
MOVIDRIVE
MDX60B/61B system manual.

Front view of
DEH21B
1806096139
X62: Absolute encoder connec-
tion
X62:1
X62:2
X62:3
X62:4
X62:5
X62:6
X62:7
X62:8
X62:9
Data +
Reserved
Cycle +
Reserved
DGND
Data
Reserved
Pulse
DC 24 V output
X60: Voltage supply X60:1
X60:2
24VIN
DGND
X15:2
X15:3
X15:4
X15:5
X15:6
X15:7
X15:8
X15:9
X15:10
X15:11
X15:12
X15:13
X15:14
X15:15
Signal track C (K0)
DATA+
Reserved
Reserved
Signal track C (K0)
DATA-
Reserved
(max. load X15:15 = DC 650 mA)
DEH21B
X
1
5
1
8
9
15
X
6
0
1
2
5
1
9
6
X
6
2

4
Connection and terminal description of the DEH21B option
Installation
INFORMATION
The DC 12 V supply voltage from X15 is sufficient to operate SEW encoders (except
HTL encoders) with a DC 24 V supply voltage. With all other encoders, check whether
they can be connected to the DC 12 V supply voltage.
NOTICE
Do not connect HTL encoders E..C to X15 of the DEH21B option.
Doing so can destroy the X15 (motor encoder input) of the DEH21B option.
Only connect HTL encoders E..C to option DEH21B using the interface adapter
DWE11B/12B ( Sec. "Connecting the interface adapter type DWE11B/12B").
4
Connection and terminal description of the DEU21B option
Installation
4.19 Connection and terminal description of the DEU21B option
4.19.1 Part number
Multi-encoder card option type DEU21B: 18221696
INFORMATION
For detailed information on the DEU21B option, refer to the "MOVIDRIVE

MDX61B multi-encoder card DEU21B" manual.
The DEU21B option card can be installed in MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B sizes 0 to 7.
Only SEW-EURODRIVE staff may install or remove the DEU21B option for
MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B size 0.
The DEU21B option card must be plugged into the encoder slot.
The DC 24 V power supply of an encoder connected to X62 is ensured when X60
is supplied with DC 24 V. Observe the "Project planning" chapter in the
MOVIDRIVE
MDX60B/61B system manual.

Front view of
DEU11B/21B
output for incremental encoder
simulation
Output for incremental encoder
simulation:
Signal level to RS422
The number of pulses is the
same as on X15 motor encoder
input
X14:1
X14:2
X14:3
X14:4
X14:5/6
X14:7
X14:8
X14:9
X14:10
X14:11
X14:12
X14:13
X14:14
X14:15
Signal track C (K0) / pulse +
DATA+ CANHigh
Reserved
Switchover
Signal track C (K0) / pulse
DATA- CANLow
DC 24 V encoder supply
1)
Reserved
1)
DC 12 V encoder power supply
1)
X15:2
X15:3
X15:4
X15:5
X15:6
X15:7
X15:8
X15:9
X15:10
X15:11
X15:12
X15:13
X15:14
X15:15
Signal track C (K0) / pulse +
DATA+
Reserved
Reserved
Signal track C (K0) / pulse
DATA-
1)
DC 24 V (tolerance range DC 10.5 - 13 V)
1)
1) The maximum load on X14:13 and X15:13 is DC 650 mA in total. If the overall unit load on the 24 V level exceeds 400 mA, you must
connect an external DC 24 V supply to X10:9/X10:10. Observe the "Project planning" chapter in the MOVIDRIVE
MDX60B/61B sys-
tem manual.
DEU11B/21B
X
1
4
X
1
5
1
9
8
15
1
8
9
15
4
Connection and terminal description of the DEU21B option
Installation
NOTICE
The connections on X14 and X15 must not be installed or removed during operation.
Electrical components in the encoder or on the encoder card could be destroyed.
De-energize the inverter before plugging or removing the encoder connections. Switch
off the supply voltage and the DC 24 V (X10:9).
INFORMATION
The 24 V encoders from SEW (except HTL and Hiperface
) have a wide voltage

range (DC 10 V 30 V) and can be supplied alternatively with DC 24 V (PIN13) or
DC 12 V (PIN15).
4
Connection and terminal description of the DER11B (resolver) option
Installation
4.20 Connection and terminal description of the DER11B (resolver) option
4.20.1 Part number
Resolver card option type DER11B: 824 307 7
INFORMATION
The "Resolver card type DER11B" option can only be used with MOVIDRIVE

The DER11B option must be plugged into the encoder slot.
Front view of
DER11B
1806100363
output for incremental encoder sim-
ulation
The pulse count of the incremental
encoder simulation is always 1024
pulses per revolution
X14:1
X14:2
X14:3
X14:4
X14:5/6
X14:7
X14:8
X14:9
X14:10
X14:11
X14:12
X14:13/14
X14:15
(cos) signal track A (K1)
(sin) signal track B (K2)
Signal track C (K0)
DATA+
Reserved
Switchover
(cos) signal track A (K1)
(sin) signal track B (K2)
Signal track C (K0)
DATA-
Reserved
(max. load DC 650 mA)
X15: Resolver input X15:1
X15:2
X15:3
X15:4
X15:5
X15:6
X15:7
X15:8
X15:9
sin+ (S2)
cos+ (S1)
Ref.+ (R1)
N.C.
sin (S4)
cos (S3)
Ref. (R2)
DER11B
X
1
4
X
1
5
1
6
5
9
15
1
8
9
INFORMATION
The DC 12 V supply voltage from X14 is sufficient to operate SEW encoders
(except HTL encoders) with a DC 24 V supply voltage. With all other encoders,
check whether they can be connected to the DC 12 V supply voltage.
4
Connection and terminal description of the DER11B (resolver) option
Installation
Refer to section "Connecting external encoders to X:14" (page 92).
4.20.3 Resolver at X:15
2-pole resolvers, AC 7 V, 7 kHz, can be connected at X15 (resolver input). The gear ratio
of the resolver amplitudes must be approximately 0.5 10%. The control dynamics de-
crease if the value is lower; the evaluation may be unstable if the value is higher.
SEW-EURODRIVE offers the following prefabricated cables for connecting resolvers to
DER11B:
Encoders on DT../DV.. and CM series motors MOVIDRIVE
Motor type Encoder

MOVIDRIVE

inverter
Motor Cable Details
DS56
CM71..112
Resolver
199 487 5
199 319 4
(page 96)
CM71 112 Resolver
199 589 8
199 590 1
DS56 Resolver
1332 817 4
1332 844 1
CMP Resolver
0199 487 5
0199 319 4
9
8
1
15
9
8
1
15
9
8
1
15
9
8
1
15
4
Connecting external encoders to X:14
Installation
4.21 Connecting external encoders to X:14
4.21.1 External encoder at DEH11B and DER11B (X:14)
The following external encoders can be connected to connector X14 of the DEH11B op-
tion and the DER11B option.
External encoder at DEH11B and DER11B - MOVIDRIVE
(X:14)
Encoder
MOVIDRIVE

inverter
Cable Details
AS1H
ES1H
AV1H
818 015 6
818 165 9
(page 97)
AS1H
ES1H
AV1H
1810 695 1
1810 697 8
EH1S
ES1S
ES2S
EV1S
ES1R
ES2R
EV1R:
EH1R
819 869 1
818 168 3
ES1T
ES2T
EV1T
EH1T
DWI11A X2:
198 829 8
198 828 X
818 164 03
9
8
1
15
9
8
1
15
9
8
1
15
9
8
1
15
1
5
6
9
4
Connection of encoder options
Installation
4.22 Connection of encoder options
4.22.1 Connection of DEH11B option
Encoder connec-
tion at X:15
Depending on the motor type and motor configuration, the encoder is connected via plug
connector or terminal box.
DR71...315 Connect the encoder to the option DEH11B as follows:
DT../DV.., DS56,
CT../CV..,
CM71...112/CMP
with plug connec-
tor
Connect the HIPERFACE
encoder to the option DEH11B as follows:

1806065547
1
9
2
10
3
11
4
12
15
8
1
8
9
15
DEH11B, X15:
max. 100 m (330 ft)
A
B
C
D
A
PK
GY
cos+
cos-
sin+
sin-
C+
C-
Daten+
Daten-
DGND
UB UB
B
C
D
3
4 5
6
9
10
11
12
1
2 7
8
RD
BU
YE
GN
BN
WH
BK
VT
RD-BU+GY
GY-PK+PK
1806065547
3
4 5
6
9
10
11
12
1
2 7
8
1
9
2
10
12
4
14
6
8
15
1
8
9
15
DEH11B, X15:
max. 100 m (330 ft)
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
RD
BU
YE
GN
VT
BK
BN
WH
GY-PK
RD-BU
PK
GY
AS1H / ES1H / AV1H
AF1H / EF1H

cos+
cos-
sin+
sin-
DATA-
DATA+
TF/TH/KTY+
TF/TH/KTY-
U
S
INFORMATION
Important for DT/DV or CT/CV motors: TF or TH is not connected with the encoder
cable but must be connected using an additional 2-core shielded cable.
4
Installation
CM71...112 with
terminal box
encoder to the option DEH11B as follows:

Connecting sin/cos
and TTL encoders
(DC 24 V) to DT../
DV.., CT../CV..
motors
The high resolution sin/cos encoders and TTL encoders with DC 24 V supply can also
be connected to DEH11B. Proceed as follows to connect sin/cos encoders and TTL en-
coders with DC 24 V supply to the DEH11B option:
1806071179
1
9
2
10
12
4
14
6
8
15
1
8
9
15
max. 100 m
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
10
7
8
RD
BU
YE
GN
VT
BK
BN
WH
GYPK
RDBU
PK
GY

cos+
cos-
sin+
sin-
DATA+
DATA-
TF/TH/KTY+
TF/TH/KTY-
DEH11B, X15: A..H / E..H
1806074507
E..S / E..R
1
9
2
10
3
11
15
8
1
8
9
15
DEH11B, X15:
max. 100 m

YE
GN
RD
BU
PK
GY
WH
BN
BK
VT
4
Installation
Connecting TTL
encoders (DC 5 V)
to DT../DV.. motors
Connect the TTL encoders with a DC 5 V voltage supply via the "DC 5 V encoder power
supply type DWI11A" option (part number 822 759 4). The sensor cable must also be
connected to correct the supply voltage of the encoder. Connect this encoder as follows:
* Connect the sensor cable (VT) on the encoder to UB, do not jumper on the DWI11A!
1806077579
1
5
5
1
6
9
9
6
X
2
:
E
n
c
o
d
e
r
X
1
:
M
O
V
I
D
R
I
V
E
1
6
2
7
3
8
9
5
4*

YE
GN
RD
BU
PK
GY
WH
BN
VT*
YE
GN
RD
BU
PK
GY
WH
BN
1
6
2
7
3
8
9
5
3
11
15
1
9
2
10
8

1
8
9
15
DEH11B, X15: max. 5 m
DWI11A
max. 100 m
ES1T / ES2T / EV1T / EH1T
VT
BK
4
Installation
4.22.2 Connection of DER11B (resolver) option to X:15
Terminal/pin
assignment
CM motors: The resolver connections are accommodated in a plug connector or on the
10-pin Wago terminal strip.
DS Motors: The resolver connections in the terminal box are either located on a 10-pin
Phoenix terminal strip or in the plug connector.
CM plug connector DS56: Intercontec, type ASTA021NN00 10 000 5 000
The resolver signals have the same numbering on the 10-pin Phoenix terminal strip and
in the plug connectors.
Connection Connect the resolver as follows:
Terminal / pin Description Core color in prefabricated cable
1 Ref.+
Reference
Pink (PK)
2 Ref.- Gray (GY)
3 cos +
Cosine signal
Red (RD)
4 cos- Blue (BU)
5 sin+
Sine signal
Yellow (YE)
6 sin- Green (GN)
9 TF/TH/KTY+
Motor protection
Brown (BN) / violet (VT)
10 TF/TH/KTY White (WH) / black (BK)
1806120331
[1] Plug connectors
[2] Terminal strip
Ref.+
Ref.-
cos+
cos-
sin+
sin-
N.C.
N.C.
TF/TH/KTY+
TF/TH/KTY-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3
8
2
7
1
6
9
5
4
PK
GY
RD
BU
YE
GN
BN
WH
3
4 5
6
9
10
11
12
1
2 7
8
[1]
[2]
CM71...112
DS56
max. 100 m
1
5
6
9
DER11B, X15:

VT
BK
4
Installation
4.22.3 Connection of external encoders to the DEH11B and DER11B options
Voltage supply SEW encoders with DC 24 V voltage supply (max. DC 180 mA) are connected directly
to X14. . These SEW encoders are then powered by the inverter.
SEW encoders with a DC 5 V voltage supply must be connected via the "DC 5 V encoder
power supply type DWI11A" option (part number 822 759 4).
HIPERFACE

encoder connec-
tion
encoder AV1H as follows:

You may still connect HIPERFACE
encoders via a prefabricated cable with conductor

end sleeves.
1806128523
Fig. 12: Connecting the HIPERFACE
encoder AV1H to DEH11B/DER11B as external encoder

1806128523
Fig. 13: Connecting the HIPERFACE
encoder AV1H to DEH11B/DER11B as external encoder

1
8
9
15
1
9
2
10
4
12
15
8
3
4
5
6
8
7
12
11
RD
BU
YE
GN
BK
VT
RDBU
GYPK
GY
PK

3
4 5
6
9
10
11
12
1
2 7
8
COS
REFCOS
SIN
REFSIN
DATA+
DATA-
U
S
max. 100 m
DEH11B/DER11B,
X14:
AV1H
1
8
9
15
1
9
2
10
4
12
15
8
3
4
5
6
8
7
12
11
RD
BU
YE
GN
BK
VT
RDBU
GYPK
GY
PK

COS
REFCOS
SIN
REFSIN
DATA+
DATA-
U
S
max. 100 m
DEH11B/DER11B,
X14:
4
Installation
Connection of sin/
cos and TTL
encoders
(DC 24 V)
Proceed as follows to connect sin/cos encoders and TTL encoders with DC 24 V supply:
Connection of TTL
encoder (DC 5 V)
DC 5 V encoders with a DC 5 V voltage supply EV1T, EH1T, ES1T and ES2T must be
connected via the "DC 5 V encoder power supply type DWI11A" option (part number 822
759 4). The sensor cable must also be connected to correct the supply voltage of the
encoder. Connect this encoder as follows:
* Connect the sensor cable (VT) on the encoder to UB, do not jumper with DWI11A!
1806336395
Figure 14: Connecting the sin/cos encoder to DEH11B/DER11B as an external encoder
1
9
2
10
3
11
15
8

1
8
9
15
EH1S / EH1R / ES1S / ES1R
EV1S / EV1R / ES2R / ES2S
max. 100 m
DEH11B/DER11B,
X14:
YE
GN
RD
BU
PK
GY
WH
BN
BK
VT
1806339467
Fig. 15: Connecting the TTL encoder EV1T to MDX via DWI11A as an external encoder
1
5
5
1
6
9
9
6
X
2
:
E
n
c
o
d
e
r
X
1
:
M
O
V
I
D
R
I
V
E
1
6
2
7
3
8
9
5
4*

YE
GN
RD
BU
PK
GY
WH
BN
VT*
1
6
2
7
3
8
9
5
1
9
2
10
3
11
15
8

1
8
9
15
DEH11B / DER11B, X14:
max. 5 m
max. 100 m
DWI11A
EH1T /EV1T
ES1T / ES2T
YE
GN
RD
BU
PK
GY
WH
BN
BK
VT
4
Connection of incremental encoder simulation
Installation
4.23 Connection of incremental encoder simulation
4.23.1 Incremental encoder simulation
Connector X14 of the DEH11B or DER11B option can also be used as the incremental
encoder simulation output. For this purpose, you must jumper "switchover" (X14:7) with
DGND (X14:8). X14 then delivers the incremental encoder signals with a signal level ac-
cording to RS422. The number of pulses is:
With DEH11B as on X15 motor encoder input
With DER11B 1024 pulses/revolution
Part number of the prefabricated cable:
Option type DEH/DER11B X14: Incremental encoder simulation
For fixed installation: 819 768 7
1806349707
Fig. 16: Incremental encoder simulation connection to DEH11B or DER11B
1
9
2
10
3
11
15
8
7

1
8
9
15
< 100 m
DEH11B / DER1B
X14:
YE
GN
RD
BU
PK
GY
4
Master/slave connection
Installation
4.24 Master/slave connection
4.24.1 Master/Slave connection
Connector X14 of the DEH11B or DER11B option can also be used for the "internal syn-
chronous operation" application (master/slave connection of several MOVIDRIVE
units). For this purpose, you must jumper "switchover" (X14:7) with DGND (X14:8) on
the master end.
The following figure shows an X14-X14 connection (= master/slave connection) be-
tween two MOVIDRIVE
units.
Part number of the prefabricated cable:
For fixed installation: 817 958 1
1806354443
1
9
2
10
3
11
15
8
7
1
9
2
10
3
11
15
8
7
1
8
9
15
1
8
9
15
max. 10 m
RD
BU
YE
GN
VT
BK
INFORMATION
A maximum of 3 slaves can be connected to the MOVIDRIVE
master.
Important: Do not connect X14:7 when connecting the individual MOVIDRIVE

slaves together. Only jumper the connections X14:7 and X14:8 on the
MOVIDRIVE
master.
4
Connection and terminal description of the DIO11B option
Installation
4.25 Connection and terminal description of the DIO11B option
4.25.1 Part number
Input/output card type DIO11B: 824 308 5
INFORMATION
The "input/output card type DIO11B" option is only possible in conjunction with
MOVIDRIVE

The DIO11B option must be plugged into the fieldbus slot. If the fieldbus slot is not
available, you can plug the DIO11B input/output card in the expansion slot.
The extended handle end of the plug connectors (terminals X20, X21, X22, X23)
must only be used for removing the plug connectors (not for plugging them in!).
Front view of
DIO11B
Terminal Function
1806361739
X20:1/2 AI21/22
X20:3 AGND
Setpoint input n2, DC-10 V 0 10 V or DC 0 10 V
(Differential input or input with AGND reference potential)
Reference potential for analog signals (REF1, REF2, A.., AO..)
X21:1 AOV1
X21:4 AOV2
X21:2 AOC1
X21:5 AOC2
X21:3/6 AGND
Analog voltage output V1, factory setting: "actual speed"
Analog voltage output V2, factory set to "output current"
Load capacity of the analog voltage outputs: I
max
= DC 10 mA
Analog current output C1, factory setting: actual speed
Analog current output C2, factory setting: output current
P642/645 "Operating mode AO1/2" sets whether the voltage outputs V1/2 (DC
10 V 0 10 V) or the current outputs C1/2 DC (0(4) 20 mA) are in effect.
Selection options for the analog outputs Parameter menu P640/643
Max. permitted cable length: 10 m / max output voltage: DC 15 V
Reference potential for analog signals (REF1, REF2, AI.., AO..)
X22:1...8 DI1...17
X22:9 DCOM
X22:10 DGND
Binary inputs 1 8, factory setting: "No function"
The binary inputs are electrically isolated by optocouplers.
Selection options for the binary inputs Parameter menu P61_
Reference potential for the binary inputs DI1 17
Without jumper X22:9-X22:10 (DCOM-DGND) Isolated binary inputs
With jumper X22:9-X22:10 (DCOM-DGND) Non-isolated binary inputs
X23:1...8 DO1...17
X23:9 24VIN
Binary outputs 1 8, factory setting: "No function"
Load capacity of binary outputs: I
max
= DC 50 mA (short-circuit proof, protected
against external voltage to DC 30 V)
Do not apply external voltage to the binary outputs.
Supply voltage DC +24 V for binary outputs D01 - D017, non-isolated (reference
potential DGND)
DIO11B
X
2
0
X
2
1
X
2
2
X
2
3
AI21
AI22
AGND
1
2
3
AOV1
AOC1
AGND
AOV2
AOC2
AGND
1
2
3
4
5
6
DI1
DI11
DI12
DI13
DI14
DI15
DI16
DI17
DCOM
DGND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
DO1
DO11
DO12
DO13
DO14
DO15
DO16
DO17
24VIN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
4
Installation
4.25.2 Voltage input 24 VIN
The 24VIN (X23:9) voltage input serves as DC+24 V supply voltage for the binary out-
puts DO1 DO17. Reference potential is DGND (X22:10). The binary outputs do not
give a level if the DC+24 V supply voltage is not connected. The supply voltage DC+24
V can also be jumpered from the X10:8 connection of the basic unit if the load does not
exceed DC 400 mA (current limitation in X10:8).
4.25.3 Voltage input n2
The analog setpoint input n2 (AI21/22) can be used as a differential input or as an input
with AGND reference potential.
Differential input Input with AGND reference potential
4.25.4 Current input n2
You must use an external load if the analog setpoint input n2 (AI21/22) should be used
as a current input.
For example R
B
= 500 DC 0 20 mA = DC 0 10 V
1806364811
Fig. 17: Voltage input 24VIN (X23:9) and reference potential DGND (X22:10)
DIO11B
X22
0V
24V
X23
DGND 10
24VIN
9
1806367883
Fig. 18: Setpoint input n2
DIO11B DIO11B
X20 X20
AI21
AI22
AGND
AI21
AI22
AGND
1
2
3
1
2
3
-
1
0
.
.
.
0
.
.
.
+
1
0
V
0
.
.
.
+
1
0
V
+
-
1806370955
Fig. 19: Current input with external load
DIO11B
X20
AI21
AI22
AGND
1
2
3
0...20 mA
0
.
.
.
1
0
V
4
Installation
4.25.5 Voltage outputs AOV1 and AOV2
Assign the analog voltage outputs AOV1 and AOV2 in accordance with the following fig-
ure:
4.25.6 Current outputs AOC1 and AOC2
Assign the analog current outputs AOC1 and AOC2 in accordance with the following fig-
ure:
1806376075
Fig. 20: Voltage outputs AOV1 and AOV2
-
1
0
.
.
.
0
.
.
.
1
0
V
-
1
0
.
.
.
0
.
.
.
1
0
V
DIO11B DIO11B
X20 X20
X21 X21
AI21
AI22
AGND
AI21
AI22
AGND
1
2
3
1
2
3
AOV1
AOC1
AGND
AOV2
AOC2
AGND
AOV1
AOC1
AGND
AOV2
AOC2
AGND
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
V
V
1806377995
Fig. 21: Current outputs AOV1 and AOV2
0(4)...20 mA
0(4)...20 mA
DIO11B DIO11B
X20 X20
X21 X21
AI21
AI22
AGND
AI21
AI22
AGND
1
2
3
1
2
3
AOV1
AOC1
AGND
AOV2
AOC2
AGND
AOV1
AOC1
AGND
AOV2
AOC2
AGND
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
A
A
+
+
-
-
4
Connection and terminal description of the DFC11B option
Installation
4.26 Connection and terminal description of the DFC11B option
4.26.1 Part number
CAN-Bus interface option type DFC11B: 824 317 4
4.26.2 Connection MOVIDRIVE
- CAN
The DFC11B option is connected to the CAN bus at X30 or X31 in the same way as the
SBus ( Sec. "System bus connection (SBus 1)") in the basic unit (X12). In contrast to
the SBus1, SBus2 is electrically isolated and made available via option DFC11B.
INFORMATION
The "CAN bus interface type DFC11B" option can only be used with MOVIDRIVE

The DFC11B option must be plugged into the fieldbus slot.
The DFC11B option is powered via MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B. A separate voltage

supply is not required.
Front view of
DFC11B
Description
DIP switch
Terminal
Function
1806384907
DIP switch block S1: Sets the terminating
resistor
R
nc
Terminating resistor for the CAN-Bus cable
Reserved
X31: CAN bus connection
X31:3
X31:2
X31:1
CAN Low (jumpered with X30:2)
CAN High (jumpered with X30:7)
DGND CAN
1)
X30: CAN bus connection
(Sub D9 to CiA standard)
X30:1
X30:2
X30:3
X30:4
X30:5
X30:6
X30:7
X30:8
X30:9
Reserved
CAN Low (jumpered with X31:3)
DGND CAN
1)
Reserved
Reserved
DGND CAN
1)
CAN High (jumpered with X31:2)
Reserved
Reserved
1) DGND of the CAN-Bus-interface is independent from DGND of the basic unit
DFC 11B
X30
ON
R
nc
OFF
S1
1
5
6
9
X31
3
1
2
5
General startup instructions
Startup
5 Startup
5.1 General startup instructions
5.1.1 Requirements
The drive must be configured correctly to ensure that startup is successful. Refer to the
MOVIDRIVE
MDX60/61B system manual for detailed project planning notes and an

explanation of the parameters.
5.1.2 Parameters of non-SEW motors
The database stores parameters of SEW motors and non-SEW motors. We do not war-
rant that the parameter data of the non-SEW motors is correct and up to date.
5.1.3 VFC operating modes without speed control
MOVIDRIVE
MDX60/61B inverters are factory set to be taken into operation with the
SEW motor which is adapted to the correct power level. The motor can be connected
and the drive started immediately in accordance with section "Starting the motor"
(page 102).
DANGER
Uncovered power connections.
Severe or fatal injuries from electric shock.
Install the touch guard according to the regulations.
Never start the unit if the touch guard is not installed.
INFORMATION
The startup functions described in this section are used for setting the inverter so it can
be adapted optimally to the motor that is connected and to suit the basic conditions.
5
General startup instructions
Startup
5.1.4 Inverter/motor combinations
The following tables indicate which inverter/motor combinations this applies to.
400/500 V units
230 V units
MOVIDRIVE
MDX60/61B in VFC operating

mode
SEW motor
0005-5A3-4 DT80K4
0008-5A3-4 DT80N4
0011-5A3-4 DT90S4
0014-5A3-4 DT90L4
0015-5A3-4 DT90L4
0022-5A3-4 DV100M4
0030-5A3-4 DV100L4
0040-5A3-4 DV112M4
0055-5A3-4 DV132S4
0075-5A3-4 DV132M4
0110-5A3-4 DV160M4
0150-503-4 DV160L4
0220-503-4 DV180L4
0300-503-4 DV200L4
0370-503-4 DV225S4
0450-503-4 DV225M4
0550-503-4 DV250M4
0750-503-4 DV280S4
0900-503-4 DV280M4
1100-503-4 D315S4
1320-503-4 D315M4
1600-503-4 DRS315M4
2000-503-4 DRS315L4
2500-503-4 DRS315L4
MOVIDRIVE
MDX60/61B in VFC operating

mode
SEW motor
0015-2A3-4 DT90L4
0022-2A3-4 DV100M4
0037-2A3-4 DV112M4
0055-2A3-4 DV132S4
0075-2A3-4 DV132M4
0110-203-4 DV160M4
0150-203-4 DV160L4
0220-203-4 DV180L4
0300-203-4 DV200L4
5
Preliminary work and resources
Startup
5.1.5 Hoist applications
5.2 Preliminary work and resources
Check the installation.
Performing startup with the DBG60B keypad:
Plug the connector of the DBG60B keypad into the XT slot.
For startup with PC and MOVITOOLS
MotionStudio:
Plug an interface adapter (e.g. USB11A) into the XT slot and connect it to the PC with
an interface cable (RS232). Install and start MOVITOOLS
MotionStudio on your
PC.
Switch on the supply voltage and, if necessary, the DC 24 V supply.
Check that the default parameter settings are correct (e.g. factory setting).
Check the set terminal assignment ( P60_ / P61_).
DANGER
Risk of fatal injury if the hoist falls.
Severe or fatal injuries.
MOVIDRIVE
MDX60B/61B is not designed for use as a safety device in hoist appli-

cations. Use monitoring systems or mechanical protection devices to ensure safety.
DANGER
Risk of crushing if the motor starts up unintentionally.
Ensure that the motor cannot start inadvertently, for example, by removing the
electronics terminal block X13.
Additional safety precautions must be taken depending on the application to avoid
injury to people and damage to machinery.
INFORMATION
A group of parameter values is changed automatically at startup. The parameter de-
scription P700 "Operating modes" explains which parameters are affected by this step.
For the parameter description, refer to the MOVIDRIVE
MDX60/61B system man-

ual, section "Parameters".
00
I
5
Startup with DBG60B keypad
Startup
5.3 Startup with DBG60B keypad
5.3.1 General information
Startup with the DBG60B keypad is only possible in VFC operating modes. Startup
in CFC and SERVO operating modes is only possible using the MOVITOOLS
Motion-
Studio operating software.
Required data The following data is required to ensure startup is successful:
Motor type (SEW or non-SEW motor)
Motor data
Rated voltage and rated frequency
Additionally for non-SEW motors: Rated current, rated power, rated factor cos,
and rated speed.
Rated line voltage
The following data is also needed for startup with a speed controller:
Encoder type and encoder resolution:
Motor data
SEW motor: Brake yes or no and flywheel fan yes or no.
Non-SEW motor: Mass moment of inertia of motor, brake and fan
Stiffness of the control system (factory setting = 1; suitable for most applications)
If the drive tends to oscillate setting < 1
Transient recovery time is too long Setting > 1
Recommended setting range: 0.90 1 1.10 (factory setting = 1)
Converted mass moment of inertia of the load (gear unit + driven machine) on the
motor shaft
Time required for the shortest ramp
SEW encoder type
Startup parameters
Encoder type PPR count
AK0H HIPERFACE
128
AS1H, ES1H, AV1H, AF1H HIPERFACE
1024
ES1S, ES2S, EV1S, EH1S, EF1H SINE ENCODER 1024
ES1R, ES2R, EV1R, EH1R
ES1T
1)
, ES2T
1)
, EV1T
1)
, EH1T
1)
1) DC 5 V TTL encoders ES1T, ES2T, EV1T and EH1T must be connected via the DWI11A option (see In-
stallation section).
INCREM. ENCODER 1024
INFORMATION
Activate encoder monitoring (P504 = "ON") after completing the startup. The
function and voltage supply of the encoder will then be monitored.
If a Hiperface
encoder is connected, it is always monitored regardless of the

setting of parameter P504. Encoder monitoring is not a safety function!
00
I
5
Startup
5.3.2 Selecting a language
The figure below shows the keys for selecting the language.
The following text appears on the display when the keypad is switched on for the first
time or after activating the start mode:
The symbol for language selection then appears on the display.
Proceed as follows to select the language:
Press the key. A list of languages is displayed on the screen.
Use the / keys to select the language you require.
Confirm your selection using the key. The basic display is now shown in your
chosen language.
1809425035
[1] Key Move up to the next menu item
[2] Key Confirm entry
[3] Key Move down to the next menu item
[4] Key A list of languages is displayed
SEW
EURODRIVE
1810055819
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
OK
OK
00
I
5
Startup
5.3.3 Startup
The figure below shows the keys required for startup.
5.3.4 Startup procedure
1810058891
[1] Key Move up to the next menu item
[2] Key Confirm entry
[3] Key Activate the context menu
[4] Key Move down to the next menu item
[5] Key Change the menu, display mode edit mode
[6] Key Cancel or abort startup
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4] [5]
[6]
OK
DEL
1. "0" signal at terminal X13:1 (DI "/CONTROL.INHIBIT"),
e.g. by disconnecting the electronics terminal block X13.
0.00rpm
0.000Amp
CONTROLLER INHIBIT
2. Activate the context menu by pressing the key.
BASIC VIEW
PARAMETER MODE
VARIABLE MODE
3. Press the key to scroll down to the "STARTUP" menu
item.
MANUAL MODE
STARTUP
COPY TO DBG
COPY TO MDX
00
I
5
Startup
4. Press the key to begin the startup procedure. The first
parameter appears. The flashing cursor under the parameter
number indicates that the keypad is in display mode.
Press the key to change to edit mode. The flashing
cursor disappears.
Press the key or key to select "PARAMETER SET
1" or "PARAMETER SET 2".
Confirm the setting by pressing the key.
Press the key to return to display mode. The flashing
cursor appears again.
Press the key to select the next parameter.
STARTUP
PREPARE FOR
STARTUP
C00*STARTUP
PARAMETER SET 1
PARAMETER SET 2
5. Select either stand-alone motor or group drive. Press the
key to select the next parameter.
C22*MOTORS
SINGLE MOTOR
IDENT. MOTORS
6. Select the operating mode you require. Press the key to select
the next parameter.
C26*OPER. MODE 1
STANDARD V/F
VFC
7. Select whether an encoder is to be evaluated. Press the key to
select the next parameter.
C29*encoder
NO
YES
8. Select the operating mode you require. Press the key to select
the next parameter.
C36*OPER.MODE
SPEED CONTROL
HOIST
9. Select the motor type. If a 2 or 4-pole SEW motor is con-
nected, select the correct motor from the list. If a non-SEW
motor or an SEW motor with more than four poles is con-
nected, select "NON-SEW MOTOR" from the list.
C02*MOTOR TYPE 1
DT71D2
DT71D4
DT80K2
C02*MOTOR TYPE 1
NON-SEW MOTOR
DT63K4/DR63S4
OK
OK
00
I
5
Startup
10. Enter the rated motor voltage for the selected connection
type according to the value specified on the nameplate.
Example: Nameplate 230/ 40050 Hz
connection enter "400 V".
connection/transition point at 50 Hz enter "230 V".
connection, transition point at 87 Hz Also enter 230 V.
However, set parameter P302 "MAXIMUM SPEED 1" to the
value for 87 Hz after startup first and then start the drive.
Example: Nameplate 400/690 50 Hz
Only connection possible enter "400 V".
connection is not possible.
C03* V
MOT. RATED VOLT 1
400.000
11. Enter the rated frequency specified on the motor nameplate.
Example: 230/400 50 Hz
Enter "50 Hz" in and connection.
C04* Hz
MOT. RATED FREQ. 1
50.000
FOR SEW MOTORS
12. The motor values are stored for SEW 2 and 4-pole motors
and need not be entered.
FOR NON-SEW MOTORS
12. Enter the following motor nameplate data:
C10* rated motor current, observe connection type ( or
).
C11* rated motor power
C12* power factor cos
C13* rated motor speed
13. Enter the rated power supply voltage (C05* for SEW motor,
C14* for non-SEW motor).
C05* V
RATED MAINS VLTG
400.000
14. If no TF/TH is connected to X10:1/2 or X15 Set "NO
RESPONSE". If a TF/TH is connected, set the required error
response. To select the sensor, you must set P530 sensor
type 1 after startup.
835* RESP. TF-SIG.
NO RESPONSE
DISPLAY ERROR
15. Start the calculation for the startup data by choosing "YES".
The process lasts a few seconds.
C06*CALCULATION
NO
YES
00
I
5
Startup
FOR SEW MOTORS
16. The calculation is performed. After calculation, the next menu
item appears automatically.
C06*SAVE
NO
YES
FOR NON-SEW MOTORS
16. For non-SEW motors, a calibration process is required to
perform the calculation:
When prompted, apply a "1" signal to terminal X13:1
(DI "/CONTROL.INHIBIT").
Apply a "0" signal to terminal X13:1 again after the calib-
ration is complete.
After calculation, the next menu item appears automati-
cally.
17. Set "SAVE" to "YES" The data (motor parameters) are copied
to the non-volatile memory of MOVIDRIVE
.
STARTUP
DATA IS
BEING COPIED...
18. The startup procedure is now complete. Press the key to
return to the context menu.
MANUAL MODE
STARTUP
COPY TO DBG
COPY TO MDX
19. Press the key to scroll down to the "QUIT" menu item. SIGNATURE
QUIT
BASIC VIEW
20. Confirm the setting by pressing the key. The basic display
appears.
0.00rpm
0.000Amp
CONTROLLER INHIBIT
DEL
OK
00
I
5
Startup
5.3.5 Starting up the speed controller
Startup is performed without the speed controller first ( Section "Startup procedure,
steps 1 through 17").
Important: Set encoder evaluation to "YES". C29*encoder
NO
YES
1. Initiate the startup of the speed controller with "YES". C09*n-CONTROL?
NO
YES
2. The selected operating mode is displayed. If the setting is cor-
rect, go to the next menu item.
C00*STARTUP
PARAMETER SET 2
VFC-n CONTROL
3. Select the correct encoder type. C15*ENCODER TYPE
INCREM. ENCOD. TTL
SINE ENCODER
RESERVED
4. Set the correct encoder resolution. C16*ENC. RESOLUT.
512 Inc
1024 Inc
2048 Inc
FOR SEW MOTORS
5. Enter whether the motor has a brake. C17*BRAKE
WITHOUT
WITH
6. Set the stiffness of the control system.
Recommended setting range: 0,90 1 1,10
C18*
STIFFNESS
1.000
7. Enter whether the motor has a flywheel fan (Z fan). C19*Z FAN
WITHOUT
WITH
00
I
5
Startup
FOR NON-SEW MOTORS
5. Enter the moment of inertia of the motor. D00*
J0 OF THE MOTOR
4.600
6. Set the stiffness of the control system.
Recommended setting range: 0,90 1 1,10
C18*
STIFFNESS
1.000
7. Enter the moment of inertia of the brake and fan. D00*
J BRAKE+FAN
1.000
8. Enter the mass moment of inertia of the load (gear unit +
driven machine) extrapolated for the motor shaft.
C20* 10e4kgm
2
LOAD MOMENT OF
INERTIA
0.200
9. Enter the time for the shortest ramp you want. C21* s
SHORTEST RAMP
0.100
10. Start the calculation for the startup data by choosing "YES".
The process lasts a few seconds.
C06*CALCULATION
NO
YES
11. The calculation is performed. After calculation, the next menu
item appears automatically.
C06*SAVE
NO
YES
12. Set "SAVE" to "YES" The data (motor parameters) are copied
to the non-volatile memory of MOVIDRIVE
.
STARTUP
DATA IS
BEING COPIED...
13. The startup procedure is now complete. Press the key to
return to the context menu.
MANUAL MODE
STARTUP
COPY TO DBG
COPY TO MDX
14. Press the key to scroll down to the "QUIT" menu item. SIGNATURE
QUIT
BASIC VIEW
15. Confirm the setting by pressing the key. The basic display
appears.
0.00rpm
0.000Amp
CONTROLLER INHIBIT
DEL
OK
00
I
5
Startup
Once startup is complete, copy the parameter set from MOVIDRIVE
to the DBG60B
keypad. You have the following options:
In the context menu, select the "COPY TO DBG" menu item. Confirm the setting
by pressing the key. The parameter set is copied from MOVIDRIVE
to
DBG60B.
In the context menu, select the "PARAMETER MODE" menu item. Select
parameter P807 "MDX DBG". The parameter set is copied from MOVIDRIVE
to DBG60B.
The parameter set can now be copied to other MOVIDRIVE
units using DBG60B.

Plug the DBG60B keypad into the other inverter. You have the following options to
copy the parameter set from DBG60B to another inverter:
In the context menu of the new inverter, choose the "COPY TO MDX" menu item
and confirm your entry using the key. The parameter set is copied from
DBG60B to MOVIDRIVE
.
In the context menu, select the "PARAMETER MODE" menu item. Select
parameter P806 "DBG MDX". The parameter set is copied from DBG60B to
MOVIDRIVE
.
Enter any parameter settings which differ from the factory settings in the parameter
list (page 106).
In the case of non-SEW motors, set the correct brake application time (P732 / P735).
Observe the notes for starting the motor in the section "Starting the Motor" (page
102).
In case of connection and transition point at 87 Hz, set parameter P302/312
"Maximum speed 1/2" to the value for 87 Hz.
Activate encoder monitoring for TTL and sin/cos encoders (P504 = "ON"). Encoder
monitoring is not a safety function.
OK
OK
DANGER
Parameter settings incorrect due to unsuitable data sets.
Severe or fatal injury.
Make sure that the data set you copy is suitable for the application.
00
I
5
Startup
5.3.6 Setting parameters
Proceed in this order to set the parameters:
Call up the context menu using the key. In the context menu, select the
"PARAMETER MODE" menu item. Confirm your entry with the key. The flashing
cursor under the parameter number indicates that the keypad is in parameter mode.
Press the key to change to edit mode. The flashing cursor disappears.
You can use the key or key to select or set the correct parameter value.
Confirm the setting by pressing the key.
Press the key to return to the parameter mode. The flashing cursor appears
again.
OK
OK
00
I
5
Operation of MOVITOOLS
MotionStudio
Startup
5.4 Operation of MOVITOOLS
MotionStudio
5.4.1 Via MOVITOOLS
MotionStudio
Tasks The software package enables you to perform the following tasks with consistency:
Establishing communication with units
Executing functions with the units
Establishing com-
munication with
other units
The SEW Communication Server is integrated into the MOVITOOLS
MotionStudio
software package for establishing communication with the units.
The SEW Communication Server allows you to create communication channels.
Once the channels are established, the units communicate via these communication
channels using their communication options. You can operate up to four communication
channels at the same time.
MOVITOOLS
MotionStudio supports the following types of communication channels:

Serial (RS-485) via interface adapters
System bus (SBus) via interface adapters
Ethernet
EtherCAT
Fieldbus (PROFIBUS DP/DP-V1)
Tool Calling Interface
The available channels can vary depending on the units and its communication options.
Executing func-
tions with the units
The software package offers uniformity in executing the following functions:
Parameterization (for example in the parameter tree of the unit)
Startup
Visualization and diagnostics
Programming
The following basic components are integrated into the MOVITOOLS
MotionStudio
software package, allowing you to use the units to execute functions:
MotionStudio
MOVITOOLS
All functions communicate using tools. MOVITOOLS
MotionStudio provides the right

tools for every unit type.
00
I
5
MotionStudio
Startup
Technical support SEW-EURODRIVE offers you a 24-hour service hotline.
Simply dial (+49) 0 18 05 and then enter the letters SEWHELP via the telephone key-
pad. Of course, you can also dial (+49) 0 18 05 - 7 39 43 57.
Online help After installation, the following types of help are available to you:
This documentation is displayed in a help window after you start the software.
If the help window does not appear at the start, deactivate the "Display" control field,
in the menu under [Settings] / [Options] / [Help].
If the help window appears again, activate the "Display" control field, in the menu un-
der [Settings] / [Options] / [Help].
Context-sensitive help is available for the fields which require you to enter values.
For example, you can use the <F1> key to display the ranges of values for the unit
parameters.
00
I
5
MotionStudio
Startup
5.4.2 First steps
Starting the soft-
ware and creating
a project
Proceed as follows to start MOVITOOLS
MotionStudio and create a project:

1. Start the MOVITOOLS
MotionStudio from the Windows start menu via:

[Start]/[Programs]/[SEW]/[MOVITOOLS-MotionStudio]/[MOVITOOLS-MotionStudio]
2. Create a project with name and storage location.
Establishing com-
munication and
scanning the net-
work
Proceed as follows to establish a communication with MOVITOOLS
MotionStudio and
scan your network:
1. Set up a communication channel to communicate with your units.
For detailed information on how to configure a communication channel, see the sec-
tion regarding the relevant communication type.
2. Scan your network (unit scan). Press the [Start network scan] button [1] in the tool-
bar.
1. Select the unit you want to configure.
2. Right-click to open the context menu.
As a result you will see a number of unit-specific tools to execute various functions
with the units.
Starting up the
units (online)
Proceed as follows to start up the units (online):
1. Switch to the network view.
2. Click on "Switch to online mode" [1] in the toolbar.
3. Select the unit you want to startup.
4. Open the context menu and select the command [Startup] / [Startup].
The Startup wizard opens.
5. Follow the instructions of the startup wizard and then load the startup data onto your
unit.
1132720523
[1]
1184030219
[1] "Switch to online mode" symbol
[1]
00
I
5
MotionStudio
Startup
Startup for HTL
motor encoders
Observe the following safety notes when starting up an HTL motor encoder to
MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B:
Select "Non-SEW encoder" from the "SEW encoder type" list [1].
Select "INCREM. ENC. TTL" from the "Encoder type" list [2].
In the dropdown menu "PPR count" [3] select the PPR count (1024 for SEW HTL
encoders) printed on the HTL motor encoder.
1810081419
Fig. 23: Settings for startup of a motor with HTL motor encoder
[1] "SEW encoder type" selection list
[2] "Encoder type" selection list
[3] "PPR count" selection list
[1]
[2]
[3]
00
I
5
Starting the motor
Startup
5.5 Starting the motor
5.5.1 Analog setpoint selection
The following table shows the signals that must be present on terminals X11:2 (AI1) and
X13:1 X13:6 (DI DI5) when the "UNIPOL/FIX.SETPT" setpoint is selected
(P100) to operate the drive with an analog setpoint entry.
Function
X11:2 (AI11)
Analog input
n1
X13:1
(DI)
/Controller
inhibit
X13:2
(DI1)
CW/stop
X13:3
(DI2)
CCW/stop
X13:4 (DI3)
Enable/stop
X13:5
(DI4)
n11/n21
X13:6
(DI5)
n12/n22
Controller inhibit X "0" X X X "0" "0"
Stop X "1" X X "0" "0" "0"
Enable and stop X "1" "0" "0" "1" "0" "0"
Clockwise at 50 % n
max
5 V "1" "1" "0" "1" "0" "0"
Clockwise with n
max
10 V "1" "1" "0" "1" "0" "0"
Counterclockwise with
50 % n
max
5 V "1" "0" "1" "1" "0" "0"
Counterclockwise with
n
max
10 V "1" "0" "1" "1" "0" "0"
00
I
5
Starting the motor
Startup
5.5.2 Travel diagram
The following travel diagram shows by way of example how the motor is started with the
wiring of terminals X13:1 X13:4 and analog setpoints. Binary output X10:3 (DB "/
Brake") is used for switching brake contactor K12.
1810131851
"1"
"1"
"1"
"1"
"1"
"0"
"0"
"0"
"0"
"0"
0
10V
5V
0V
n
max
50 % n
max
-50 % n
max
-n
max
n
min
start-stopp
n
n min
-1
Input DI
/controller inhibit
Input DI1
CW/stop
Input DI2
CCW/stop
Input DI3
Enable/stop
Output DB
/brake
Analog inpu
n1 (AI11)
Speed
t11 up CW
t11 up CW
t11 up CW
t11 down CW
t11 down CW
t11 up CCW
Stop ramp t13
INFORMATION
The motor is not energized in the event of a controller inhibit (DI = "0"). A motor with-
out brake will coast to standstill.
00
I
5
Starting the motor
Startup
5.5.3 Fixed setpoints
The following table shows the signals that must be present on terminals X13:1 X13:6
(DI DI5) when the "UNIPOL/FIX.SETPT" setpoint is selected (P100) to operate
the drive with the fixed setpoints.
Function
X13:1 (DI)
/Controller
inhibit
X13:2 (DI1)
CW/stop
X13:3 (DI2)
CCW/stop
X13:4 (DI3)
Enable/stop
X13:5 (DI4)
n11/n21
X13:6 (DI5)
n12/n22
Controller inhibit "0" X X X X X
Stop "1" X X "0" X X
Enable and stop "1" "0" "0" "1" X X
CW operation
with n11
"1" "1" "0" "1" "1" "0"
CW operation
with n12
"1" "1" "0" "1" "0" "1"
CW operation
with n13
"1" "1" "0" "1" "1" "1"
CCW operation
with n11
"1" "0" "1" "1" "1" "0"
00
I
5
Starting the motor
Startup
5.5.4 Travel diagram
The following travel diagram shows an example of how the drive is started with the wir-
ing of terminals X13:1 X13:6 and internal fixed setpoints. Binary output X10:3 (DB
"/Brake") is used for switching brake contactor K12.
1810136203
"1"
"1"
"1"
"1"
"1"
"1"
"0"
"0"
"0"
"0"
"0"
"0"
n13
n12
-n12
-n13
0
"1"
"0"
n11
-n11
n min
-1
Input DI
/controller inhibit
Input DI1
CW/stop
Input DI2
CCW/stop
Input DI3
Enable/stop
Input DI4
n11/n21
Input DI5
n12/n22
Speed
Output DB
/brake
t11 up CW
t11 up CW
t11 up CW
t11 down CW
t11 up CCW
Stop ramp t13
INFORMATION
The motor is not energized in the event of a controller inhibit (DI = "0"). A motor with-
out brake will coast to standstill.
00
I
5
Starting the motor
Startup
5.5.5 Manual operation
The inverter can be controlled using the DBG60B keypad in manual operation (context
menu manual operation). The 7-segment display on the unit shows "H" during manual
operation.
The binary inputs are then without any functions for the duration of manual operation,
with the exception of X13:1 (DI "/Controller inhibit"). Binary input X13:1 (DI "/Con-
troller inhibit") must get a "1" signal to enable the drive to be started in manual operation.
The drive can also be stopped in manual operation by X13:1 = "0".
The direction of rotation is not determined by the "CW/stop" or "CCW/stop" binary in-
puts. Instead, you select the direction of rotation using the DBG60B keypad. Enter the
required speed and then the direction of rotation (+ CW / CCW) using the sign
key (+/).
Manual operation remains active when the power supply is switched off and on; how-
ever, the inverter is then inhibited. Use the "Run" key to enable and start the inverter at
n
min
in the selected direction of rotation. The speed is increased and decreased using
the and keys.
INFORMATION
The signals at the binary inputs take effect as soon as manual operation is finished. Bi-
nary input X13:1 (DI) /Controller inhibit does not have to be switched from "1" to "0"
and back to "1". The drive can start according to the signals at the binary inputs and
the setpoint sources.
DANGER
Risk of crushing if the motor starts up unintentionally.
Ensure that the motor cannot start inadvertently, for example, by removing the
signal terminal block X13.
Additional safety precautions must be taken depending on the application to avoid
injury to people and damage to machinery.
00
I
5
Starting the motor
Startup
5.5.6 Startup in "VFC & Flying start" operating mode
The parameter P320 Automatic adjustment is deactivated in the "VFC & Flying start"
mode. It is important that the stator resistance (P322 IxR compensation 1) is set cor-
rectly to ensure that the flying start function is performed properly.
Note the following when performing startup for an SEW motor with DBG60B or
MOVITOOLS
MotionStudio:
The value of the stator resistance (P322 IxR compensation 1) is set for an SEW motor
at operating temperature (winding temperature 80 C). For flying start with a cold motor,
you have to reduce the stator resistance (P322 IxR compensation 1) by 0.34 % per Kel-
vin.
Note the following when performing startup for a non-SEW motor with DBG60B or
MOVITOOLS
MotionStudio:
Measure the stator resistance (P322 IxR compensation 1) at startup. Proceed as fol-
lows:
1. Start up the motor in "VFC" operation mode.
2. Enable the motor in standstill.
3. Note the value of P322 IxR compensation 1 (stator resistance) for step 6.
4. Select the "VFC & Flying start" operating mode.
5. Set P320 "Automatic adjustment 1" to "Off".
6. In P322 IxR compensation 1 (stator resistance) enter the value you noted in step 3.
INFORMATION
Due to exact motor data, the proper function of the flying start function has only been
tested with SEW motors. SEW-EURODRIVE does not guarantee a proper function of
the flying start function for non-SEW motors.
00
I
5
Complete parameter list
Startup
5.6 Complete parameter list
5.6.1 General information
The parameters in the quick menu are marked by a "\" (= display on the DBG60B
keypad).
The factory setting for the parameter is highlighted in bold.
Par. Name Value range Par. Name Value range
DISPLAY VALUES 04_ Binary input options
00_ Process values 040 Binary input DI1
Not in DBG60B
000 Speed -6100 0 6100 rpm 041 Binary input DI11
\001 User display "Text" 042 Binary input DI12
002 Frequency 0 600 Hz 043 Binary input DI13
003 Actual position 0 2
31
-1 inc 044 Binary input DI14
004 Output current 0 250 % I
N
045 Binary input DI15
005 Active current -250 0 250 % I
N
\006 Motor utilization 1 0 200 % 047 Binary input DI17
007 Motor utilization 2 0 200 % \048 Status of binary inputs DI1 - DI17
008 DC link voltage 0 1000 V 05_ Binary outputs of basic unit
009 Output current A 050 Binary output DB /BRAKE
01_ Status displays 051 Binary output DO1
Not in DBG60B
010 Inverter status 052 Binary output DO2
011 Operating status 053 Binary output DO3
012 Error status 054 Binary output DO4
013 Current parameter set 1/2 055 Binary output DO5
014 Heat sink temperature -20 0 100 C \059 Status of binary outputs DB, DO1 DO5
015 Operating hours h 06_ Binary outputs option
016 Enable hours h 060 Binary output DO1
Not in DBG60B
017 Work kWh 061 Binary output DO11
018 KTY utilization 1 0 200 % 062 Binary output DO12
019 KTY utilization 2 0 200 % 063 Binary output DO13
02_ Analog setpoints 064 Binary output DO14
020 Analog input AI1 -10 0 10 V 065 Binary output DO15
021 Analog input AI2 -10 0 10 V 066 Binary output DO16
022 External current limit 0 100 % 067 Binary output DO17
03_ Binary inputs of basic unit \068 Status of binary outputs DO1 - DO17
030 Binary input DI /CONTR. INHIBIT 07_ Unit data
Not in DBG60B
070 Unit type
032 Binary input DI2 071 Rated output current
033 Binary input DI3 072 Option 1 encoder slot
034 Binary input DI4 073 Option 2 fieldbus slot
035 Binary input DI5 074 Option 3 expansion slot
036 Binary input DI6 076 Basic unit firmware
037 Binary input DI7 077 DBG firmware Only in DBG60B
\039 Status of binary inputs DI DI7 078 Technology function
079 Unit type
Standard
Application
00
I
5
Startup
08_ Error memory 092 Fieldbus baud rate
\080 Error t-0 093 Fieldbus address
081 Error t-1 094 PO1 Setpoint
084 Error t-4 097 PI1 Actual value
09_ Bus diagnostics 098 PI2 Actual value
090 PD configuration 099 PI3 Actual value
091 Fieldbus type
Par.
Name
Setting range
Factory setting
Comment
Selectable par.
Parameter set 1/2
1__ SETPOINTS / RAMP GENERATORS
10_ Setpoint selection
\100 Setpoint source
UNIPOL./FIX.SETPT.
BIPOL./FIX.SETPT
UNIPOL./FIX.SETPT.
RS485
Fieldbus
Motor potentiometer
Motor pot.+analog 1
Fix.setpt.+analog 1
Master SBus1
Master-RS485
SBus 1
Frequency input
SBus 2
IPOS setpoint
101 Control signal source Terminals
102 Frequency scaling 0.1 10 65 kHz
105
Fault response to wire breakage
AI1
No response
Immediate stop/fault
Rapid stop/fault
Rapid stop/warning
11_ Analog input AI1
110 AI1 scaling -10 -0.1 / 0.1 1 10
111 AI1 Offset -500 0 500 mV
112 AI1 operating mode
Ref. N-MAX
Ref. 3000 rpm
U-Off., N-MAX
N-Off., N-MAX
N-MAX, 0-20 mA
N-MAX, 4-20 mA
113 AI1 voltage offset -10 0 10 V
114 AI1 speed offset -6000 0 6000 rpm
115 Filter speed setpoint
0 5 100 ms
0 = Filter off
12_ Analog inputs (optional)
120 AI2 operating mode
No function
0 10 V + setpt.1
0 10 V I-limit:
Actual value PID controller
13_ Speed ramps 1
00
I
5
Startup
\130 Ramp t11 up CW 0 2 2000 s
\131 Ramp t11 down CW 0 2 2000 s
\132 Ramp t11 up CCW 0 2 2000 s
\133 Ramp t11 down CCW 0 2 2000 s
\134 Ramp t12 UP=DOWN 0 10 2000 s
135 S pattern t12 0 3
\136 Stop ramp t13 0 2 20 s
\137 Emergency stop ramp t14 0 2 20 s
138 Ramp limit VFC
Yes
No
139 Ramp monitoring 1
Yes
No
14_ Speed ramps 2
140 Ramp t21 up CW 0 2 2000 s
141 Ramp t21 down CW 0 2 2000 s
142 Ramp t21 up CCW 0 2 2000 s
143 Ramp t21 down CCW 0 2 2000 s
144 Ramp t22 UP=DOWN 0 10 2000 s
145 S pattern t22 0 3
146 Stop ramp t23 0 2 20 s
147 Emergency stop ramp t24 0 2 20 s
149 Ramp monitoring 2
No
Yes
15_ Motor potentiometer (parameter sets 1 and 2)
150 Ramp t3 up 0.2 20 50 s
151 Ramp t3 down 0.2 20 50 s
152
Save last
setpoint
OFF
ON
16_ Fixed setpoints 1
\160 Internal setpoint n11 -6000 150 6000 rpm (% I
N
)
\161 Internal setpoint n12 -6000 ... 750 ... 6000 rpm (% I
N
)
\162 Internal setpoint n13 -6000 ... 1500 ... 6000 rpm (% I
N
)
17_ Fixed setpoints 2
170 Internal setpoint n21 -6000 150 6000 rpm (% I
N
)
N
)
N
)
2__ CONTROLLER PARAMETERS
20_ Speed control (only parameter set 1)
200
P-gain
n-controller
0.01 2 32
201 Time constant n-controller 0 10 300 ms
202
Gain
Accel. prectrl.
0 65
203 Filter acceleration precontrol 0 100 ms
204 Filter actual speed value 0 32 ms
205 Load precontrol CFC 150 % 0 150 %
Par.
Name
Setting range
Factory setting
Comment
Selectable par.
Parameter set 1/2
00
I
5
Startup
206 Sampling time n-controller
1 ms
0.5 ms
207 Load precontrol VFC 150 % 0 150 %
21_ Hold controller
210 P gain hold controller 0.1 0.5 32
22_ Synchronous operation control (only parameter set 1)
220 P-gain (DRS) 1 10 200
221 Master gear ratio factor 1 3 999 999 999
222 Slave gear ratio factor 1 3 999 999 999
223 Mode selection
Mode 1
Mode 2
Mode 3
Mode 4
Mode 5
Mode 6
Mode 7
Mode 8
224 Slave counter -99 999 999 -10 / 10 99 999 999 Inc
225 Offset 1 -32 767 -10 / 10 32 767 Inc
226 Offset 2 -32 767 -10 / 10 32 767 Inc
227 Offset 3 -32 767 -10 / 10 32 767 Inc
228 Precontrol filter (DRS) 0 100 ms
With MOVITOOLS
MotionStudio
only. Not visible on the DBG60B key-
pad.
23_ Synchr. oper. with synchr. encoder
230 Synchronous encoder
Off
Equal-ranked
Chain
231 Factor slave encoder 1 1000
232 Factor slave synchronous encoder 1 1000
233 Synchronous encoder resolution 128 / 256 / 512 / 1024 / 2048
234 Master encoder resolution 128 / 256 / 512 / 1024 / 2048
24_ Synchronous operation with catch up
240 Synchronous speed -6000 1500 6000 rpm
241 Synchronous ramp 0 2 50 s
26_ Process controller parameters
260 Operating mode Controller off / Control / Step response
261 Cycle time 1 / 5 / 10 ms
262 Interruption No response / Move closer to setpoint
263 Factor K
p
0 1 32,767
264 Integrative time T
n
0 10 65535 ms
265 Derivative time T
V
0 1 30 ms
266 Precontrol 32767 0 32767
27_ Process controller input values
270 Setpoint source Parameters / IPOS variable / Analog 1 / Analog 2
271 Setpoint 32767 0 32767
272 IPOS setpoint address 0 1023
273 Time constant 0 0.01 2000 s
274 Scaling setpoints 32,767 1 32,767
Par.
Name
Setting range
Factory setting
Comment
Selectable par.
Parameter set 1/2
00
I
5
Startup
275 Actual value source Analog 1 / Analog 2 / IPOS Variable
276 IPOS actual value address 0 1023
277 Actual value scaling factor 32.767 1 32.767
278 Actual offset value 32767 0 32767
279 Time constant actual value 0 500 ms
28_ Process controller limits
280 Minimum offset + actual value 32767 0 32767
281 Maximum offset + actual value 32767 10000 32767
282 Minimum output PID controller 32767 -1000 32767
283 Maximum output PID controller 32767 10000 32767
284 Minimum output process controller 32767 0 32767
285 Maximum output process controller 32767 7500 32767
3__ MOTOR PARAMETERS
30_ / 31_ Limits 1 / 2
\300 /
310
Start/stop speed 1 / 2 0 150 rpm
\301 /
311
Minimum speed 1 / 2 0 15 6100 rpm
\302 /
312
Maximum speed 1 / 2 0 1500 6100 rpm
\303 /
313
Current limit 1 / 2 0 150 % (BG0: 0 200 % I
N
)
304 Torque limit 0 150 % (BG0: 0 200 %)
32_ / 33_ Motor compensation 1 / 2 (asynchronous)
\320 /
330
Automatic adjustment 1/2
Off
On
321 / 331 Boost 1/2 0 100 %
322 / 332 IxR adjustment 1 0 100 %
323 / 333 Premagnetizing time 1 / 2 0 2 s
324 / 334 Slip compensation 1 / 2 0 500 rpm
34_ Motor protection
340 / 342 Motor protection 1/2
Off
On (asynchronous)
On (synchronous)
341 / 343 Type of cooling 1/2
Fan cooled
Forced cooling
344 Interval for motor protection 0.1 4 20 s
345 / 346 I
N
/U
L
monitoring 1 / 2 0.1 500 A
35_ Motor direction of rotation
350 / 351 Direction of rotation reversal 1 / 2
Off
On
36_ Startup (only available in DBG60B)
360 Startup Yes/No
Only available in DBG60B, not in
MOVITOOLS
Motion Studio/SHELL.
4__ REFERENCE SIGNALS
40_ Speed reference signal
400 Speed reference value 0 1500 6000 rpm
401 Hysteresis 0 100 500 rpm
402 Delay time 0 1 9 s
Par.
Name
Setting range
Factory setting
Comment
Selectable par.
Parameter set 1/2
00
I
5
Startup
403 Signal = "1" if:
n < n
ref
n > n
ref
41_ Speed window signal
410 Window center 0 1500 6000 rpm
411 Range width 0 6000 rpm
Inner
Outside
42_ Speed setpoint/actual value comparison
420 Hysteresis 0 100 300 rpm
n n
setp
n = n
setp
43_ Current reference signal
430 Current reference value 0 100 200 % I
N
431 Hysteresis 0 5 30 % I
N
I < I
ref
I > I
ref
44_ Imax signal
440 Hysteresis 0 5 50 % I
N
442 Signal = "1" if: I = I
max
/ I < I
max
5__ MONITORING FUNCTIONS
50_ Speed monitoring
500 / 502 Speed monitoring 1/2
Off
Motor
Regenerative
Mot. & regener.
501 / 503 Delay time 1/2 0 1 10 s
504 Encoder monitoring motor
No
Yes
505 Synchronous encoder monitoring
No
Yes
51_ Synchronous operation monitoring
510 Positional tolerance slave 10 25 32 768 Inc
511 Lag error prewarning 50 99 999 999 Inc
512 Lag error limit 100 4000 99 999 999 Inc
513 Deceler. Lag error signal 0 1 99 s
514 Counter LED display 10 100 32 768 Inc
515 Delay time position signal 5 10 2000 ms
516 X41 Encoder monitoring Yes
No
517 X41 Pulse count monitoring Yes
No
518 X42 Encoder monitoring Yes
No
519 X42 Pulse count monitoring Yes
No
Par.
Name
Setting range
Factory setting
Comment
Selectable par.
Parameter set 1/2
00
I
5
Startup
52_ Mains OFF monitoring
520 Mains OFF response time 0 5 s
521 Mains OFF response
Controller inhibit
Emergency stop
522 Phase failure monitoring
On
Off
53_ Motor temperature protection
530 Sensor type 1
No sensor
TF/TH/KTY (KTY: only for DS/CM motors)
531 Sensor type 2
No sensor
TF/TH/KTY (KTY: only for DS/CM motors)
532 Source of motor temperature 1 X10/X15
533 Source of motor temperature 2 X10/X15
54_ Gear unit/motor monitoring
540
Response to drive vibration / warn-
ing
Display error
The following fault responses can
be programmed:
No response display error imm.
stop/fault emerg.st./fault
rapid stop/fault rapid stop/warng.
emerg.st./warng. rapid stop/warng.
541 Response to drive vibration / fault Rapid stop/warning
542 Response to oil aging/warning Display error
543 Response to oil aging/fault Display error
544
Response to oil aging/overtemper-
ature
Display error
545 Response to oil aging/ready Display error
549 Response to brake wear Display error
55_ DCS safety monitor
550 Status DCS safety monitor
Display value that cannot be changed
551 Binary inputs DCS 1 8
552
Binary outputs DCS DO0_P
DO2_M
553 Serial number DCS
554 CRC DCS
555 Fault response DCS
Immediate stop
Malfunction
The following fault responses can
be programmed:
No response display error
556 DCS alarm response
557 Actual position source DCS
Motor encoder (X15)
Ext. encoder (X14)
Absolute encoder (X62)
56_ Current limit Ex-e motor:
560 Current limit Ex-e motor:
On
Off
561 Frequency A 0 5 60 Hz
562 Current limit A 0 50 150 %
563 Frequency B 0 10 104 Hz
564 Current limit B 0 80 200 %
565 Frequency C 0 25 104 Hz
566 Current limit C 0 100 200 %
Par.
Name
Setting range
Factory setting
Comment
Selectable par.
Parameter set 1/2
00
I
5
Startup
6__ TERMINAL ASSIGNMENT
60_ Binary inputs of basic unit
- Binary input DI Fixed assignment with: /CONTR. INHIBIT
600 Binary input DI1 CW/stop The following functions can be pro-
grammed:
No function enable/stop CW/stop
CCW/stop
n11/n21 n12/n22 fix. setpt. sw.over
param. sw.over ramp sw.over
Motor potentiometer up motor poten-
tiometer down
/Ext. error error reset /hold control
/CW limit switch
/CCW limit switch IPOS input
reference cam ref. trav. start
slave free run setpoint hold
mains on set DRS zero point
DRS slave start DRS teach in
DRS master stopped
oscillation/warning break wear oil
aging/warning oil aging/error oil
aging overtemp. oil aging/ready
601 Binary input DI2 CCW/stop
602 Binary input DI3 Enable/stop
603 Binary input DI4 n11/n21
604 Binary input DI5 n12/n22
605 Binary input DI6 No function
61_ Binary inputs option
62_ Binary outputs of basic unit
- Binary output DB Fixed assignment with: /Brake
620 Binary output DO1 Ready The following signals can be pro-
grammed:
No function /malfunction ready
output stage on
rotating field on brake rel
brake engaged motor standstill
parameter set speed reference
speed window nom./act.val.comp.
curr. reference Imax signal /motor
utilization 1 /motor utiliz. 2
/DRS PREWARN. /DRS lag error
DRS slave in pos. IPOS in position
IPOS reference IPOS output
/IPOS malfunction reserved Ex-e
current limit LSM commutation S
pattern safe stop
621 Binary output DO2 /fault
622 Binary output DO3 IPOS output
63_ Binary outputs option
630 Binary output DO1 No function
64_ Optional analog outputs
640 Analog output AO1 Actual speed The following functions can be pro-
grammed:
No function ramp input setpoint
speed actual speed
actual frequency output current
active current unit utilization IPOS
output relative torque
IPOS output 2
641 Scaling AO1 -10 0 1 10
642 Operating mode AO1 OFF / -10 +10 V / 0 20 mA / 4 20 mA
643 Analog output AO2 Output current
644 Scaling AO2 -10 0 1 10
645 Operating mode AO2 OFF / -10 +10 V / 0 20 mA / 4 20 mA
Par.
Name
Setting range
Factory setting
Comment
Selectable par.
Parameter set 1/2
00
I
5
Startup
7__ CONTROL FUNCTIONS
70_ Operating modes
700 Operating mode 1
VFC 1
VFC 1 & GROUP
VFC 1 & HOIST
VFC 1 & DC BRAK.
VFC 1 & FLYSTART
VFC-n CONTROL
VFC-n-CTRL&GRP.
VFC-n-CTRL&HOIST
VFC-n-CTRL&SYNC
VFC-n-CTRL& IPOS
CFC
CFC & M-CONTROL
CFC&IPOS
CFC&SYNC.
SERVO
SERVO&M-CONTROL
SERVO&IPOS
SERVO&SYNC.
701 Operating mode 2
VFC 2
VFC 2 & GROUP
VFC 2 & HOIST
VFC 2 & DC BRAK.
VFC 2 & FLYSTART
702 Motor category Rotational
Linear
71_ Standstill current
710 / 711 Standstill current 1 / 2 0 50 % I
Mot
72_ Setpoint stop function
720 / 723 Setpoint stop function 1 / 2
Off
On
721 / 724 Stop setpoint 1 / 2 0 30 500 rpm
722 / 725 Start offset 1 / 2 0 30 500 rpm
73_ Brake function
730 / 733 Brake function 1 / 2
Off
On
731 / 734 Brake release time 1 / 2 0 2 s
732 / 735 Brake application time 1 / 2 0 2 s
74_ Speed skip function
740 / 742 Skip window center 1 / 2 0 1500 6000 rpm
741 / 743 Skip width 1/2 0 300 rpm
75_ Master/slave function
750 Slave setpoint
Master/slave off
Speed (RS485)
Speed (SBus)
speed (485+SBus)
Torque (RS485)
Torque (SBus)
Torque (485+SBus)
Load share (RS485)
Load share (SBus)
Load share (485+SBus)
Par.
Name
Setting range
Factory setting
Comment
Selectable par.
Parameter set 1/2
00
I
5
Startup
751 Scaling slave setpoint 10 0 1 10
76_ Manual operation
760 Lockout run/stop keys
No
Yes
77_ Energy-saving function
770 Energy-saving function
Off
On
78_ Ethernet configuration
780 IP address 000.000.000.000 192.168.10.x 223.255.255.255
781 Subnet mask 000.000.000.000 255.255.255.000 223.255.255.255
782 Standard gateway 000.000.000.000 223.255.255.255
783 Baud rate Display value that cannot be changed (0 100 1000 MBaud)
784 MAC address Display value that cannot be changed (00-0F-69-XX-XX-XX)
785 EtherNet/IP startup configuration
DHCP
Saved IP parameters
8__ UNIT FUNCTIONS
80_ Setup
800 User menu On / off (only in DBG60B)
801 Language Dependent on DBG60B version
\802 Factory setting
No
Default
Delivery state
\803 Parameter lock
Off
On
804 Reset statistics data
No
Error memory
kWh counter
Operating hours
806 Copy DBG60B MDX Yes/No Only in DBG60B
807 Copy MDX DBG60B Yes/No Only in DBG60B
81_ Serial communication
810 RS-485 address 0 99
811 RS485 group address 100 199
812 RS485 timeout interval 0 650 s
819 Fieldbus timeout interval 0 0.5 650 s
82_ Brake operation
\820 /
821
4-quadrant operation 1/2
Off
On
83_ Error responses
830 Response EXT. ERROR Emergency stop/malf. The following fault responses can
be programmed:
No response display error imm.
stop/fault emerg.st./fault
rapid stop/fault rapid stop/warng.
emerg.st./warng. rapid stop/warng.
831 Response FIELDBUS TIMEOUT Rapid stop/warning
832 Response MOTOR OVERLOAD Emergency stop/malf.
833 Response RS485 TIMEOUT Rapid stop/warning
834 LAG ERROR response Emergency stop/malf.
\835 Response TF SIGNAL No response
836 / 837 Response SBus TIMEOUT 1 / 2 EMERG. ST/FAULT
838 Response SW limit switch Emergency stop/malf.
Par.
Name
Setting range
Factory setting
Comment
Selectable par.
Parameter set 1/2
00
I
5
Startup
839 Response to positioning interrup-
tion
No response
84_ Reset behavior
\840 Manual reset
No
Yes
841 Auto reset
Off
On
842 Restart time 1 3 30 s
85_ Scaling actual speed value
850 Scaling factor numerator 1 65535
Can only be set via MOVITOOLS

MotionStudio
851 Scaling factor denominator 1 65535
852 User-defined unit rpm
86_ Modulation
860 / 861 PWM frequency 1 / 2 VFC
2.5 kHz
4 kHz
8 kHz
12 kHz
16 kHz
Factory setting of
MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B size 7
(AC 500 V units: MDX61B1600/2000/
2500) = 2.5 kHz
862 / 863 PWM fix 1 / 2
Off
On
864 PWM frequency CFC
2.5 kHz
4 kHz
8 kHz
16 kHz
Factory setting of
MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B size 7
(AC 500 V units: MDX61B1600/2000/
2500) = 2.5 kHz
87_ Process data description
870 Setpoint description PO1 Control word 1 The following PO assignment can
be set:
No function speed current position
LO max. speed
Max. current slip ramp
control word 1 control word 2
Speed [%] IPOS PO DATA
871 Setpoint description PO2 Speed
872 Setpoint description PO3 No function
873 Actual value description PI1 Status word 1 The following PI assignment can be
set:
No function speed output current
active current
position LO position HI status word
1 status word 2 speed [%]
IPOS PI DATA reserved status
word 3
874 Actual value description PI2 Speed
875 Actual value description PI3 Output current
876 PO data enable
Off
On
88_ / 89_ Serial communication SBus 1 / 2
880 / 890 Protocol SBus 1 / 2
SBus MOVILINK
CANopen
881 / 891 SBus address 1 / 2 0 63
882 / 892 SBus group address 1 / 2 0 63
883 / 893 SBus timeout interval 1 / 2 0 650 s
884 / 894 Baud rate SBus 1 / 2
125 kBd
250 kBd
500 kBd
1000 kBd
885 / 895 Synchronization ID SBus 1 / 2 0 2047
Par.
Name
Setting range
Factory setting
Comment
Selectable par.
Parameter set 1/2
00
I
5
Startup
886 / 896 CANopen address 1 / 2 1 127
887 Synchronization ext. Controller
Off
On
888 Synchronization time SBus 1/2 1 5 10 ms
889 / 899 Parameter channel 2
Yes
No
9__ IPOS PARAMETERS
90_ IPOS reference travel
900 Reference offset (2
31
1) 0 2
31
1 Inc
901 Reference speed 1 0 200 6000 rpm
902 Reference speed 2 0 50 6000 rpm
903 Reference travel type 0 8
904 Reference travel to zero pulse
Yes
No
905 HIPERFACE
Offset (X15) (2
31
1) 0 2
31
1 Inc
906 Cam distance (2
31
1) 0 2
31
1 Inc
910 Gain X controller 0.1 0.5 32
911 Positioning ramp 1 0.01 1 20 s
912 Positioning ramp 2 0.01 1 20 s
913 Travel speed CW 0 1500 6000 rpm
914 Travel speed CCW 0 1500 6000 rpm
915 Velocity precontrol -199.99 0 100 199.99 %
916 Ramp type
Linear
Sine
Square
Bus ramp
Jerk-limited
Electronic cam
Synchronous operation
Cross cutter
917 Ramp mode Mode 1
Mode 2
918 Bus setpoint source H0 H499 H1023
Par.
Name
Setting range
Factory setting
Comment
Selectable par.
Parameter set 1/2
00
I
5
Startup
92_ IPOS Monitoring
920 SW limit switch CW (2
31
1) ... 0 ... 2
31
1 Inc
921 SW limit switch CCW (2
31
1) ... 0 ...2
31
1 Inc
922 Position window 0 ... 50 ... 32767 inc
923 Lag error window 0 ... 5000 ... 2
31
-1 inc
924 'Position monitoring' detection On/off
93_ IPOS Special functions
930 Override On/off
931 IPOS ctrl word Task 1 Stop / Start / Stop
MOVITOOLS
MotionStudio/SHELL.
932 IPOS ctrl word Task 2 Start / Stop
MOVITOOLS
MotionStudio/SHELL.
933 Jerk time 0.005 ... 2 s
938 IPOS speed task 1 0 ... 9 additional commands/ms
939 IPOS speed task 2 0 ... 9 additional commands/ms
94_ IPOS Variables/encoder
940 IPOS variables edit On/off
This parameter is only available on the
DBG60B keypad, not in
MOVITOOLS
MotionStudio.
941 Source actual position
Motor encoder (X15)
Ext. encoder (X14)
Absolute encoder (X62)
942 Encoder factor numerator 1 ... 32767
943 Encoder factor denominator 1 ... 32767
944 Encoder scaling ext. Encoder x1/x2/x4/x8/x16/x32/x64
With MOVITOOLS
MotionStudio
only. Not visible on the DBG60B key-
pad.
945 Synchronous encoder type (X14)
TTL
SIN/COS
HIPERFACE
946
Synchronous encoder counting
direction (X14)
Normal
Inverted
947 HIPERFACE
Offset (X14) (2
31
1) ... 0 ...2
31
1 Inc
948 Automatic encoder replacement
detection
On/off
95_ Absolute encoder
950 Encoder type No encoder
951 Counting direction
Normal
Inverted
952 Clock frequency 1 ... 200 %
953 Position offset (2
31
1) ... 0 ...2
31
1 Inc
954 Zero point offset (2
31
1) ... 0 ...2
31
1 Inc
955 Encoder scaling x1/x2/x4/x8/x16/x32/x64
956 CAN encoder baud rate
96_ IPOS Modulo function
960 Modulo function
Off
Short
Right
CCW
961 Modulo numerator 0 ... 1 ... 2
31
1
Par.
Name
Setting range
Factory setting
Comment
Selectable par.
Parameter set 1/2
00
I
5
Startup
962 Modulo denominator 0 ... 1 ... 2
31
1
963 Modulo encoder resolution 0 ... 4096 ... 20000
97_ IPOS synchronization
970 DRAM synchronization No / yes
971 Synchronization phase 2 ... 0...2 ms
924 'Position monitoring' detection On/off
Par.
Name
Setting range
Factory setting
Comment
Selectable par.
Parameter set 1/2
00
I
6
Operating displays
Operation
6 Operation
6.1 Operating displays
6.1.1 7-segment display
The 7-segment display shows the operating condition of MOVIDRIVE
and, in the event

of an error, an error or warning code.
7-segment display Unit status
(high byte in status word
1)
Meaning
0 0 24 V operation (inverter not ready)
1 1 Controller inhibit active
2 2 No enable
3 3 Standstill current
4 4 Enable
5 5 n-control (speed control)
6 6 M-control (torque control)
7 7 Hold control
8 8 Factory setting
9 9 Limit switch contacted
A 10 Technology option
c 12 IPOS
plus
reference travel
d 13 Flying start
E 14 Calibrate encoder
F Error number Error display (flashing)
H Status display Manual operation
t 16 Inverter is waiting for data
U 17 "Safe Stop" active
(blinking dot) - IPOS
plus
program is running
Flashing display - STOP via DBG60B
1 ... 9 - RAM defective
WARNING
Incorrect interpretation of display U = "Safe stop" active.
The display U = "Safe stop" is not safety-related and must not be used as a safety
function.
00
I
6
Information messages
Operation
6.1.2 DC link voltage display of size 7
6.1.3 DBG60B keypad
Basic displays:
6.2 Information messages
Information messages on the DBG60B (ca. 2 s in duration) or in MOVITOOLS
Motion-
Studio/SHELL (message that can be acknowledged):
INFORMATION
The DC link voltage display goes out about 20 seconds after the power off.
0.00rpm
0.000Amp
CONTROLLER INHIBIT
Display when X13:1 (DI "/CONTROL.INHIBIT") = "0".
0.00rpm
0.000Amp
NO ENABLE
Display when X13:1 (DI "/CONTROL.INHIBIT") = "1" and
inverter is not enabled ("ENABLE/STOP" = "0").
950.00rpm
0.990Amp
ENABLE (VFC)
Display for enabled inverter.
NOTE 6:
VALUE TOO HIGH
Information message
(DEL)=Quit
ERROR 9
STARTUP
Error display
No. Text DBG60B/SHELL Description
1 ILLEGAL INDEX Index addressed via interface not available.
2 NOT IMPLEMENT.
Attempt to execute a non-implemented function.
An incorrect communication service has been selected.
Manual operation selected via invalid interface (e.g. fieldbus).
3 READ ONLY VALUE Attempt to edit a read-only value.
4 PARAM. INHIBITED Parameter lock P 803 = "ON", parameter cannot be altered.
5 SETUP ACTIVE You tried to change parameters during setup.
6 VALUE TOO HIGH You tried to enter a value that is too high.
7 VALUE TOO LOW You tried to enter a value that is too low.
8 REQ. CARD MISSING The option card required for the selected function is missing.
10 ONLY VIA ST1 Manual operation must be completed using X13:ST11/ST12 (RS 485).
11 ONLY TERMINAL Manual operation must be exited via TERMINAL (DBG60B or UWS21B).
12 NO ACCESS Access to selected parameter denied.
13
CTRL. INHIBIT MISS-
ING
Set terminal DI "/Controller inhibit" = "0" for the selected function.
14 INVALID VALUE You tried to enter an invalid value.
16 PARAM. NOT LOCKED
Overflow of EEPROM buffer, e.g., due to cyclic write access. Parameter
not stored in non-volatile EEPROM.
00
I
6
Information messages
Operation
17 INVERTER ENABLED
Parameter to be changed can only be set in the state "CONTROLLER
INHIBIT".
Attempt to change to manual mode during enabled operation.
No. Text DBG60B/SHELL Description
6
Functions of the DBG60B keypad
Operation
6.3 Functions of the DBG60B keypad
6.3.1 Key assignment for DBG60B
6.3.2 Copy function of the DBG60B
The DBG60B keypad can be used for copying complete parameter sets from one
MOVIDRIVE
unit to other MOVIDRIVE
units. Proceed as follows:

In the context menu, select the menu item "COPY TO DBG". Confirm the setting by
pressing the key.
After the copying process has finished, plug the keypad in the other inverter.
In the context menu, select the menu item "COPY TO MDX". Confirm the setting by
pressing the key.
1810609803
[1] Key Stop
[2] Key Up arrow, moves up to the next menu item
[3] Key Start
[4] Key OK, confirms the entry
[5] Key Activate the context menu
[6] Key Down arrow, moves down to the next menu item
[7] Key Decimal point
[8] Key Sign reversal
[9] Key
0 9
Digits 0... 9
[10] Key Change menu
[11] Key Select language
[12] Key Delete previous entry
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[8] [7]
[9]
[10]
[12]
[11]
STOP
RUN
OK
+/-
DEL
OK
OK
6
Operation
6.3.3 Parameter mode
Proceed as follows to set the parameters in parameter mode:
1. Activate the context menu by pressing the key. BASIC VIEW
PARAMETER MODE
VARIABLE MODE
WAKE UP PARAMETER
2. Press the key to start the PARAMETER MODE. The first
display parameter P000 "SPEED" appears. Press the key
or key to select the main parameter groups 0 to 9.
P 000 upm
SPEED
0.0
CONTROLLER INHIBIT
3. Press the key or key to select the required main
parameter group. The flashing cursor is positioned under the
number of the main parameter group.
P 1.. SETPOINTS/
RAMP GENERATORS
CONTROLLER INHIBIT
4. Activate parameter subgroup selection in the main parameter
group by pressing the key. The flashing cursor moves one
position to the right.
P 1.. SETPOINTS/
RAMP GENERATORS
CONTROLLER INHIBIT
5. Press the key or key to select the required parameter
subgroup. The flashing cursor is positioned under the number
of the parameter subgroup.
\ 13. SPEED
RAMPS 1
CONTROLLER INHIBIT
6. Activate parameter selection in the required parameter sub-
group by pressing the key. The flashing cursor moves one
position to the right.
\ 13. SPEED
RAMPS 1
CONTROLLER INHIBIT
7. Press the key or key to select the desired parameter.
The flashing cursor is positioned under the third digit of the
parameter number.
\ 132 s
T11 UP CCW
0.13
CONTROLLER INHIBIT
8. Press the key to activate the setting mode for the selected
parameter. The cursor is positioned under the parameter
value.
\ 132 s
T11 UP CCW
0.13_
CONTROLLER INHIBIT
9. Press the key or key to select the desired parameter
value.
\ 132 s
T11 UP CCW
0.20_
CONTROLLER INHIBIT
10. Confirm the setting by pressing the key. Exit the setting
mode by pressing the key. The flashing cursor is posi-
tioned under the third digit of the parameter number again.
\ 132 s
T11 UP CCW
0.20
CONTROLLER INHIBIT
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
6
Operation
6.3.4 Variable mode
H... variables are displayed in the variable mode. To call up the variable mode, proceed
as follows:
Use the key to call up the context menu. Select the "VARIABLE MODE" menu
item and confirm with the key. The variable mode display appears.
You can use the key to edit the variables.
6.3.5 User menu
The DBG60B keypad has a standard user menu containing the parameters that are
used most often. The parameters in the user menu are displayed with a "\" before the
parameter number ( Sec. "Complete parameter list"). You can add or delete parame-
ters. You can save a maximum of 50 parameter entries. The parameters are displayed
in the order in which they are stored in the inverter. The parameters are not sorted au-
tomatically.
Use the key to call up the context menu. Select the menu item "USER MENU"
and press the OK key to confirm. The user menu with the most frequently used
parameters appears.
11. Press the key or key to select another parameter or go
back to the parameter subgroup menu using the key.
\ 13. SPEED
RAMPS 1
CONTROLLER INHIBIT
12. Press the key or key to select another parameter sub-
group or go back to the main parameter group menu using the
key.
P 1.. SETPOINTS/
RAMP GENERATORS
CONTROLLER INHIBIT
13. Press the key to return to the context menu. BASIC VIEW
PARAMETER MODE
VARIABLE MODE
WAKE UP PARAMETER
DEL
DEL
OK
6
Operation
Adding parame-
ters to the user
menu
Proceed in this order to add parameters to the user menu:
Use the key to call up the context menu. Select the "PARAMETER MODE" menu
item.
Choose the parameter you require and confirm your entry using the key.
Press the key to return to the context menu. In the context menu, select the menu
item "ADD Pxxx". "xxx" is the parameter you selected previously. Confirm the setting
by pressing the key. The selected parameter is stored in the user menu.
Deleting parame-
ters from the user
menu
Proceed in this order to delete parameters from the user menu:
Use the key to call up the context menu. Select the menu item "USER MENU".
Select the parameter that is to be deleted. Confirm the setting by pressing the key.
Press the key to return to the context menu. In the context menu, select the menu
item "DELETE Pxxx". "xxx" is the parameter you selected previously. Confirm the
setting by pressing the key. The selected parameter is deleted from the user
menu.
6.3.6 Wake-up parameter
The wake-up parameter is the parameter that is displayed when the DBG60B is
switched on. The factory setting for the wake up parameter is the basic display. You can
select which parameter should be the wake-up parameter. The following options can be
used as the wake-up parameter:
Parameter ( parameter mode)
Parameter from the user menu ( user menu)
H variable ( variable mode)
Basic display
Proceed as follows to save a wake-up parameter:
First select the required parameter in parameter mode.
In the context menu, select the menu item "XXXX INITIAL PARAM.". "XXXX" is the
selected initial parameter. Confirm the setting by pressing the key.
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
6
Memory card
Operation
6.3.7 IPOS
plus
MOVITOOLS
MotionStudio is required for programming IPOS

plus
. You can only use
the DBG60B keypad to edit or change IPOS
plus
variables (H__).
The IPOS
plus
program is also stored in the DBG60B keypad when it is saved and is
consequently also transferred when the parameter set is copied to another
MOVIDRIVE
unit.
Parameter P931 can be used for starting and stopping the IPOS
plus
program from the
DBG60B keypad.
6.4 Memory card
The pluggable memory card is installed in the basic unit. The basic data is stored on the
memory card and is always up-to-date. If a unit has to be replaced, the plant can be
started up again quickly without PC and data backup by simply re-plugging the memory
card. You can install as many option cards as required.
1810728715
Fig. 34: MDX60B/61B memory card
6
Memory card
Operation
6.4.1 Notes for replacing the memory card
Only plug in the memory card when the MOVIDRIVE
B unit is switched off.

You can install the memory card from the original unit in a new inverter. The following
combinations are permitted:
The same options that were available in the original unit must be installed in the new
inverter.
If this is not the case, the error message "79 HW configuration" (hardware configu-
ration) is displayed. You can remedy the error by calling up the "DELIVERY CONDI-
TION" menu item from the context menu (P802 factory setting). This resets the unit
to its initial delivery condition. You must then restart the unit.
The counter status of the DRS11B option and the data of the DH..1B and DCS..B op-
tions are not stored on the memory card. When you replace the memory card, you
have to install the DRS11B, DH..1B and DCS..B option cards from the original unit
in the new inverter.
If the original unit was a MOVIDRIVE
B size 0 unit with the option DHP11, you have

to use a new DHP11B option card with the configuration data set (file name.sewcopy)
that you saved previously.
If an absolute encoder is used as a motor or synchronous encoder, you must
reference the encoder after you have replaced the unit.
When replacing an absolute encoder, you have to reference it again.
Original unit MOVIDRIVE
MDX60B/61B... New inverter MOVIDRIVE
MDX60B/61B...
00 00 or 0T
0T 0T
7
Error information
Service
7 Service
7.1 Error information
7.1.1 Error memory
The fault memory (P080) stores the last five error messages (errors t-0...t-4). The oldest
error message is deleted whenever more than five error messages have occurred. The
following information is stored when a malfunction occurs:
Error that has occurred Status of binary inputs/outputs Operating status of the inverter
Inverter status Heat sink temperature Speed Output current Active current Unit
utilization DC link voltage ON hours Enable hours Parameter set Motor utilization.
7.1.2 Switch-off responses
There are three switch-off responses depending on the fault; the inverter remains inhib-
ited in fault status:
Immediate discon-
nection
The unit can no longer brake the drive; the output stage goes to high resistance in the
event of a fault and the brake is applied immediately (DB /Brake = 0).
Rapid stop The drive is braked with the stop ramp t13/t23. Once the stop speed is reached, the
brake is applied (DB "/Brake" = "0"). The output stage goes to high resistance after
the brake reaction time has elapsed (P732 / P735).
Emergency stop The drive is braked with the emergency ramp t14/t24. Once the stop speed is reached,
the brake is applied (DB "/Brake" = "0"). The output stage goes to high resistance
after the brake reaction time has elapsed (P732 / P735).
7.1.3 Reset
An error message can be acknowledged by:
Switching the supply system off and on again
Recommendation: Observe a minimum switch-off time of 10 s for the supply system
contactor K11.
Reset via input terminals; that is, via an appropriately assigned binary input (DI1 to
DI7 with the basic unit, DI1 to DI17 with the DIO11B option).
Manual reset in SHELL (P840 = YES or [Parameter] / [Manual reset]).
Manual reset using the DBG60B.
Auto reset performs up to five unit resets with an adjustable restart time.
DANGER
Risk of crushing if the motor starts up automatically after an auto reset.
Do not use auto reset with drives where an automatic restart represents a danger
to people or units.
Perform a manual reset.
7
Error messages and list of errors
Service
7.1.4 Inverter is waiting for data
If the inverter is controlled via a communication interface (fieldbus, RS485 or SBus) and
the power was switched off and back on again or a fault reset was performed, then the
enable remains ineffective until the inverter receives valid data again via the interface,
which is monitored with a timeout.
7.2 Error messages and list of errors
7.2.1 Error message via 7-segment display
The fault code is shown in a 7-segment display. The following display sequence is used
(e.g. fault code 100):
Following a reset or if the error code resumes the value "0", the display switches to the
operating display.
7.2.2 Suberror code display
The suberror code is displayed in MOVITOOLS
MotionStudio (version 4.50 and higher)

or in the DBG60B keypad.
1939352587
Flashes, ca. 1 s
Display off, ca. 0.2 s
Hundreds (if available), ca. 1 s
Tens, ca. 1 s
Ones, ca. 1 s
7
Service
7.2.3 Error list
The factory set error response is listed in the "Response P" column. (P) indicates that
the response is programmable (via P83_error response or with IPOS
plus
). In the event
of error 108, (P) indicates that the response can be programmed via P555 DCS error
response In the event of error 109, (P) indicates that the response can be programmed
via P556 DCS alarm response
Error Suberror
Code Designation
Response
(P)
Code Designation Possible cause Measure
00 No error
01 Overcurrent
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
0 Output stage Short circuit at output
Motor too large
Defective output stage
Power supply
Current converters
Ramp limit is deactivated
and set ramp time is too
short
Defective phase module
Supply voltage 24 V or 24V
generated from it is instable
Interruption or short circuit
on the signal lines from the
phase modules
Rectify the short circuit
Connect a smaller motor
Contact SEW Service for
advice if the output stage
is defective.
Activate P138 and/or
increase ramp time
1 V
CE
monitoring or under-
voltage monitoring of the
gate driver
5 Inverter remains in hard-
ware current limit
6 V
CE
monitoring or under-
voltage monitoring of the
gate driver or overcurrent
of the current converter.
..Phase U
7 ..Phase V
8 ..Phase W
9 ..Phase U and V
10 ..Phase U and W
11 ..Phase V and W
12 ..Phase U and V and W
13 Voltage supply
Current converter in sta-
tus mains operation
14 MFE signal lines
03 Ground fault
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
0 Ground fault
Ground fault
in the motor lead
in the inverter
in the motor
Eliminate ground fault
Consult SEW Service
04
Brake chop-
per
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
0 DC link voltage too high in
4Q operation
Too much regenerative
power
Braking resistor circuit
interrupted
Short circuit in the braking
resistor circuit
Brake resistance too high
Brake chopper is defective
Extend deceleration ramps
Check supply cable to
braking resistor
Check technical data of
braking resistor
Replace MOVIDRIVE
if
the brake chopper is
defective
1
06 Mains phase
failure
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
0 DC link voltage periodi-
cally too low
Phase failure
Inadequate line voltage
quality
Check the line cable
Check configuration of the
supply system.
Check supply (fuses,
contactor)
3 Line frequency fault
4 -
07
DC link over-
voltage
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
2Q operation
DC link voltage too high Extend deceleration ramps
Check supply cable to the
braking resistor
Check technical data of
braking resistor
1
4Q operation ..
.. Phase U
3 .. Phase V
4 .. Phase W
7
Service
08
Speed moni-
toring
Immediate
disconnec-
tion (P)
0 Inverter in current limit or
in slip limit
Speed controller or current
controller (in VFC operating
mode without encoder)
operating at setting limit due
to mechanical overload or
phase failure in the power
supply or motor.
Encoder not connected
correctly or incorrect
direction of rotation.
n
max
is exceeded during
torque control.
In operating mode VFC:
Output frequency 150 Hz
In operating mode V/f:
Output frequency 600 Hz
Reduce load
Increase deceleration time
(P501 or P503).
Check encoder
connection, swap A/A and
B/B pairs if necessary
Check encoder voltage
supply
Check current limitation
Extend ramps if necessary
Check motor cable and
motor
Check mains phases
3 "Actual speed" system
limit exceeded.
Speed difference between
ramp setpoint and actual
value for 2ramp time
higher than expected slip.
4 Maximum rotating field
speed exceeded.
Maximum rotating field fre-
quency (with VFC max
150 Hz and V/f max 600
Hz) exceeded.
09 Startup
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
0 Startup missing
Inverter has not been started up
for the selected operating mode.
Perform startup for the
required operating mode.
1 Wrong operating mode
selected
2 Wrong encoder type or
defective encoder card
10 IPOS-ILLOP
Emergency
stop
0 Invalid IPOS command
Incorrect command
detected during IPOS
plus

program execution.
Incorrect conditions during
command execution.
Check the content of the
program memory and, if
necessary, correct.
Load the correct program
into the program memory.
Check program sequence
( IPOS
plus
manual)
11
Overtempera-
ture
Emergency
stop (P)
0 Heat sink temperature too
high or temperature sen-
sor defective
Thermal overload of inverter
Temperature sensor of a
phase module faulty.
(size 7)
Reduce load and/or
ensure adequate cooling.
Check fan.
If F-11 is issued even
though the temperatures is
obviously not too high, this
indicates a faulty tempera-
ture sensor of the phase
module.
Replace the phase module
(Size 7)
3 Overtemperature
switched-mode power
supply
6 Heat sink temperature too
high or temperature sen-
sor defective.
..Phase U
7 ..Phase V
8 ..Phase W
(size 7)
13
Control sig-
nal source
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
0
Control signal source not
available, e.g. control sig-
nal source fieldbus without
fieldbus card
Control signal source not
defined or defined incorrectly.
Set correct control signal
source (P101).
Error Suberror
Code Designation
Response
(P)
7
Service
14 Encoder
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
0 Encoder not connected,
defective encoder, defec-
tive encoder cable
Encoder cable or shield not
connected correctly
Short circuit/broken encoder
wire
Encoder defective
Check encoder cable and
shield for correct connection,
short circuit and broken wire.
25 Encoder error X15 - Speed
range exceeded.
Encoder at X15 turns
faster than 6542 rpm.
26 Encoder error X15 - Card
is defective.
Error in the quadrant eval-
uation.
27 Encoder error encoder
connection or encoder is
defective
28 Encoder error X15 - Com-
munication error RS485
channel.
29 Encoder error X14 - Com-
munication error RS485
channel.
30 Unknown encoder type at
X14/X15
31 Plausibility check fault
X14/X15
Increments have been
lost.
32 Encoder error X15
Hiperface
.
Hiperface
encoder at X15
reports error.
Hiperface
.
Hiperface
encoder at X14
reports error.
resolver.
Encoder connection or
encoder is defective.
17
System mal-
function
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
0 "Stack overflow" error
Inverter electronics disrupted,
possibly due to effect of EMC.
Check grounding and
shielding and improve, if
necessary.
Consult SEW service if the
error reoccurs.
18 0 "Stack underflow" error
19 0 Fault "External NMI"
20 0 Fault "Undefined opcode"
21 0 "Protection fault" error
22 0 "Illegal word operand
access" error
23 0 "Illegal instruction access"
error
24 0 "Illegal external bus
access" error
25 EEPROM Rapid stop
0
Read or write error on
EEPROM power section
Access to the EEPROM of the
memory card has failed
Activate factory settings,
perform reset and reset
parameters.
Contact SEW service if the
error occurs again.
Replace memory card.
11 NV memory read error
NV-RAM inside the unit
13 NV memory chip card
System module defective
14 NV memory chip card
Memory card defective
16 NV memory initialization
error
26
External ter-
minal
Emergency
stop (P)
0 External terminal
Read in external error signal via
programmable input.
Eliminate respective cause;
reprogram terminal if neces-
sary.
Error Suberror
Code Designation
Response
(P)
7
Service
27
No limit
switches
Emergency
stop
0 Both limit switches missing
or open circuit
Open circuit/both limit
switches missing.
Limit switches are swapped
over in relation to direction
of rotation of motor
Check wiring of limit
switches.
Swap over limit switch
connections.
Reprogram terminals
2 Limit switch reversed
3 Both limit switches are
active simultaneously
28
Fieldbus
Timeout
Rapid stop
(P)
0 Fault "Fieldbus timeout"
No communication between
master and slave within the pro-
jected response monitoring.
Check communications
routine of the master
Extend fieldbus timeout
time (P819) or deactivate
monitoring
2 Fieldbus card does not
boot
29
Limit switch
contacted
Emergency
stop
0 Hardware limit switch
approached
A limit switch was reached in
IPOS
plus
operating mode.
Check travel range.
Correct user program.
30
Emergency
stop
Timeout
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
0 Time violation stop emer-
gency stop rate
Drive overloaded
Emergency stop ramp too
short.
Check configuration
Extend emergency stop
ramp
31
TF/TH sen-
sor tripped
No
response (P)
0
Thermal motor protection
error
Motor too hot, TF/TH has
triggered
TF/TH of the motor not
connected or connected
incorrectly
MOVIDRIVE
connection
and TF/TH connection on
motor interrupted
Let motor cool off and
reset error
Check connections/link
between MOVIDRIVE

and TF/TH.
If a TF/TH is not
connected: Jumper X10:1
with X10:2.
Set P835 to "No
response".
32
IPOS index
overflow
Emergency
stop
0 IPOS program defective
Programming principles vio-
lated leading to system internal
stack overflow
Check and correct the
IPOS
plus
user program (see
IPOS
plus
manual).
33
Setpoint
source
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
0 Setpoint source not avail-
able, e.g. control signal
source fieldbus without
fieldbus card
Setpoint source not defined or
defined incorrectly.
Set correct setpoint source
(P100).
34
Ramp
Timeout
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
0 Time violation rapid stop
ramp
Time of downward ramps
exceeded, e.g. due to overload.
Extend the downwards
ramps
Eliminate overload
35
Operating
mode
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
0 Operating mode not avail-
able
Operating mode not defined
or defined incorrectly
P916 was used to set a
ramp function that is needed
by a MOVIDRIVE
unit in
technology version.
ramp type that does not
match the selected
technology function.
ramp type that does not
match the selected
synchronization time
(P888).
Use P700 or P701 to set
correct operating mode.
Use MOVIDRIVE
in
technology version (..OT).
From the "Startup
Select technology
function..." menu, select
the technology function
that matches P916.
Check the settings of P916
and P888
1 Wrong assignment operat-
ing mode - hardware
2 Wrong assignment operat-
ing mode - technology
function
36
Option miss-
ing
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
0 Hardware is missing or not
permitted.
Type of option card not
allowed
Setpoint source, control
signal source or operating
mode not permitted for this
option card
Incorrect encoder type set
for DIP11B.
Use correct option card
Set correct setpoint source
(P100)
Set correct control signal
source (P101)
Set correct operating
mode (P700 or P701)
Set the correct encoder
type
2 Encoder slot error.
3 Fieldbus slot error.
4 Expansion slot error.
37
System
watchdog
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
0 Error "watchdog overflow
system"
Error while executing system
software
Consult SEW Service.
38
System soft-
ware
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
0 "System software" error
System malfunction Consult SEW Service.
Error Suberror
Code Designation
Response
(P)
7
Service
39
Reference
travel
Immediate
disconnec-
tion (P)
0 "Reference travel" error
The reference cam is
missing or does not switch
Limit switches are
connected incorrectly
Reference travel type was
changed during reference
travel
Check reference cam
Check limit switch
connection
Check reference travel
type setting and required
parameters.
40
Boot synchro-
nization
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
0
Timeout at boot synchroni-
zation with option.
Error during boot
synchronization between
inverter and option.
Synchronization ID not/
incorrectly transmitted
Install a new option card if this
error reoccurs.
41
Watchdog
option
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
0 Error Watchdog timer
from/to option.
Error in communication
between system software
and option software
Watchdog in the IPOS
plus

program
An application module
without the application
version has been loaded in
a MOVIDRIVE
B unit
The wrong technology
function has been set if an
application module is used
Check IPOS program
Check whether the unit
has been activated for the
application version (P079)
Check the selected
technology function (P078)
17 Watchdog IPOS error.
42 Lag error
Immediate
disconnec-
tion (P)
0 Positioning lag error
Encoder connected
incorrectly
Acceleration ramps too
short
P component of positioning
controller too small
Incorrectly set speed
controller parameters
Value of lag error tolerance
too small
Check encoder connection
Extend ramps
Set P component to higher
value
Reset speed controller
parameters
Increase lag error
tolerance
Check wiring of encoder,
motor and mains phase.
Check whether
mechanical system
components can move
freely or if they are blocked
43
RS485-
Timeout
Rapid stop
(P)
0
Communication timeout at
RS485 interface.
Error during communication via
interface RS485
Check RS485 connection (e.g.
inverter - PC, inverter -
DBG60B). If necessary, con-
tact SEW Service.
44 Unit utilization
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
0 Unit utilization error Unit utilization (IxT value)
> 125%
Decrease power output
Extend ramps
If suggested actions not
possible, use larger
inverter.
Reduce load
8 UL monitoring error
45 Initialization
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
0 General error during initial-
ization
No parameters set for
EEPROM in power section,
or parameters set
incorrectly.
Option card not in contact
with backplane bus.
Restore factory settings
Consult SEW Service if the
error still cannot be reset.
Insert the option card
correctly.
3 Data bus error during RAM
check
6 CPU clock error.
7 Error in the current evalua-
tion.
10 Error setting the flash pro-
tection
11 Data bus error during RAM
check
12 Parameter setting error
synchronous operation
(internal synchronous
operation)
Error Suberror
Code Designation
Response
(P)
7
Service
46
System bus 2
timeout
Rapid stop
(P)
0 Timeout system bus CAN2 Error during communication via
system bus 2.
Check system bus connection.
47
System bus 1
timeout
Rapid stop
(P)
0 Timeout system bus CAN1 Error during communication via
system bus 1.
Check system bus connection.
48
Hardware
DRS
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
0
Hardware synchronous
operation
Only with DRS11B:
Encoder signal from master/
synchronous encoder faulty.
Hardware required for
synchronous operation is
faulty.
Check encoder signals of
master/synchronous
encoder.
Check encoder wiring.
Replace synchronous
operation card.
77
IPOS control
word
No
response (P)
0 Invalid control word IPOS
Only in IPOS
plus
operating
mode:
An attempt was made to set
an invalid automatic mode
(via external controller).
P916 = BUS RAMP is set.
Check serial connection to
external control.
Check write values of
external control.
Set correct value for P016.
78
IPOS SW limit
switch
No response
(P)
0
Software limit switch
reached
Only in IPOS
plus
operating
mode:
Programmed target position is
outside travel range delimited by
software limit switches.
Check the user program
Check position of the
software limit switches
79
Hardware
configuration
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
0
Deviating hardware config-
uration when replacing the
memory card
The following items do not
match anymore after having
replaced the memory card:
Power
Rated voltage
Variant identification
Unit series
Application or standard
version
Option cards
Ensure identical hardware or
restore factory setting (param-
eter = factory setting).
80 RAM test
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
0 "RAM test" error
Internal unit fault, RAM defec-
tive.
81 Start condition
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
0
Start condition error with
VFC hoist
Only in "VFC hoist" operating
mode:
The motor could not be supplied
with the correct amount of cur-
rent during the pre-magnetizing
time:
Rated motor power too
small in relation to rated
inverter power.
Motor cable cross section
too small.
Only for operation with a lin-
ear motor (as of firmware 18):
The drive has been set to
"Enable" although the
commutation offset between
linear motor and linear
encoder is not known. This
means that the inverter
cannot set the current
indicator correctly.
Check startup data and
perform new startup, if
necessary.
Check connection
between inverter and
motor.
Check cross section of
motor cable and increase if
necessary.
Perform commutation
travel in the "No enable"
state and then switch to
"Enable" once the inverter
has acknowledged in
status word bit 25 that
commutation was
successful.
82 Open output
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
0
Output open with VFC
hoist
Only in "VFC hoist" operating
mode:
Two or all output phases
interrupted.
Rated motor power too
small in relation to rated
inverter power.
Check connection
between inverter and
motor.
Check startup data and
perform new startup, if
necessary.
Error Suberror
Code Designation
Response
(P)
7
Service
84
Motor protec-
tion
Emergency
stop (P)
0 "Motor temperature simu-
lation" error
Motor utilization too high.
I
N
-U
L
monitoring 1 triggered
P530 set later to "KTY"
Reduce load.
Extend ramps.
Observe longer pause
times.
Check P345/346
Select a larger motor
2 Short circuit or open circuit
in the temperature sensor
3 No thermal motor model
available
4 UL monitoring error
86
Memory mod-
ule
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
0 Error in connection with
memory module
No memory card
Memory card defective
Tighten knurled screw
Insert and secure memory
card
Replace memory card
2 Hardware card detection
wrong memory card
87
Technology
function
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
0 Technology function
selected with standard unit
A technology function was acti-
vated in a standard version.
Disable technology function
88 Flying start
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
0 "Flying start" error Only in VFC n-CTRL operating
mode:
Actual speed > 6000 rpm with
the inverter enabled.
Inverter not enabled before
actual speed is
6000 rpm.
92
DIP encoder
problem
Error display
(P)
1 Stahl WCS3 dirt problem Encoder signals an error
Possible cause: Encoder is
dirty clean encoder
93
DIP encoder
error
Emergency
stop (P)
0 Fault "Absolute encoder"
The encoder signals an error,
e.g. power failure.
Connection cable between
the encoder and DIP11B
does not meet the
requirements (twisted pair,
shielded).
Cycle frequency for cable
length too high.
Permitted max. speed/
acceleration of encoder
exceeded.
Encoder defective.
Check absolute encoder
connection.
Check connection cables.
Set correct cycle
frequency.
Reduce maximum
traveling velocity or ramp.
Replace absolute encoder.
94
EEPROM
checksum
Immediate
shut-off
0 Power section parameters
Inverter electronics disrupted,
possibly due to effect of EMC or
a defect.
Send unit in for repair.
5 Control unit data
6 Power section data
7 Invalid version of the con-
figuration data set
95
DIP plausibil-
ity error
Emergency
stop (P)
0
Validity check of absolute
position
No plausible position could be
determined.
Incorrect encoder type set.
IPOS
plus
travel parameter
set incorrectly.
Numerator/denominator
factor set incorrectly.
Zero adjustment performed.
Encoder defective.
Set the correct encoder
type.
Check IPOS
plus
travel
parameters.
Check traveling velocity.
Correct numerator/
denominator factor.
After zero adjustment
reset.
Replace absolute encoder.
97 Copy error
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
0 Parameter set upload is/
was faulty
Memory card cannot be
written or read.
Error during data
transmission
Repeat copying process
Restore default setting
(P802) and repeat copying
process
1 Download of parameter
set to unit cancelled.
2 Not possible to adopt
parameters.
Not possible to adopt
parameters from memory
card.
98 CRC error
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
0
"CRC via internal flash"
error
Internal unit error
Flash memory defective
Send unit in for repair.
Error Suberror
Code Designation
Response
(P)
7
Service
99
IPOS ramp
calculation
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
0 "Ramp calculation" error
Only in IPOS
plus
operating
mode:
Positioning ramp is sinusoidal or
square and an attempt is made
to change ramp times and trav-
eling velocities with enabled
inverter.
Rewrite the IPOS
plus
program
so that ramp times and travel-
ing velocities can only be
altered when the inverter is
inhibited.
100
Vibration
warning
Display error
(P)
0
Vibrations diagnostics
warning
Vibration sensor warning (
"DUV10A" operating instruc-
tions).
Determine cause of vibrations.
Continue operation until F101
occurs.
101 Vibration error
Rapid stop
(P)
0 Vibration diagnostics error Vibration sensor reports error.
SEW-EURODRIVE recom-
mends that you remedy the
cause of the vibrations imme-
diately
102
Oil aging
warning
Display error
(P)
0 Oil aging warning
Error message from the oil
aging sensor
Schedule oil change.
103 Oil aging error
Display error
(P)
0 Oil aging error
Error message from the oil
aging sensor
SEW-EURODRIVE recom-
mends that you change the
gear unit oil immediately.
104
Oil aging
overtempera-
ture
Display error
(P)
0 Oil aging overtemperature
Overtemperature signal from the
oil aging sensor
Let oil cool down
Check if the gear unit cools
properly
105
Oil aging
ready signal
Display error
(P)
0 Oil aging ready signal
Oil aging sensor is not ready for
operation
Check voltage supply of oil
aging sensor
Check and, if necessary,
replace the oil aging
sensor
106 Brake wear
Display error
(P)
0 Brake wear error Brake lining worn
Replace brake lining (
"Motors" operating instruc-
tions).
107
Line compo-
nents
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
1
No feedback signal from
main contactor.
Defective main contactor
Check main contactor
Check control cables.
Error Suberror
Code Designation
Response
(P)
7
Service
108 DCS error
Immediate
stop/mal-
function (P)
0 DCS error
1
Error during transfer of
configuration data to the
monitoring unit.
Interruption in connection during
program download
Send the configuration files
again
2 Configuration data for soft-
ware version of the subas-
sembly is invalid.
Subassembly configured with
incorrect software version of the
programming interface.
Configure subassembly with
permitted version of the pro-
gramming interface. Then
switch subassembly off and on
again.
3
Unit was programmed with
incorrect programming
interface.
Program or configuration data
was loaded into the unit with an
incorrect programming interface.
Check the design of the subas-
sembly. Configure again with a
valid programming interface.
Then switch the unit off and on
again.
4 Faulty reference voltage. Supply voltage of the
subassembly is defective.
Faulty component in the
subassembly
Check supply voltage
Switch unit off and on
again
5
6 Faulty system voltage.
7
8
Faulty test voltage
9
10
Faulty DC 24 V voltage
supply
11
Ambient temperature of
the unit is not in the
defined range.
Temperature at the place of
operation is not in the permitted
range.
Check the ambient tempera-
ture.
12
Plausibility error for posi-
tion changeover
For the position changeover,
ZSC, JSS or DMC is perma-
nently activated.
Check ZSC activation
Check JSS activation
Check DMC activation
(only for monitoring via
position)
13
Faulty switching of the
LOSIDE driver DO02_P /
DO02_M
Short circuit of the output. Check wiring at the output.
14
HISIDE driver DO02_P /
DO02_M
15
LOSIDE driver DO0_M
16
HISIDE driver DO0_P
17
LOSIDE driver DO01_M
18
HISIDE driver DO01_P
Error Suberror
Code Designation
Response
(P)
7
Service
109 DCS alarm
Rapid stop/
warning (P)
0 DCS alarm
1 Communication error at
the CAN interface of the
inverter.
The DCS21B/31B option does
not receive any valid data from
the inverter.
Check hardware
connection to the inverter
Check version of the
inverter
2 Plausibility error digital
input at pulse P1
No pulse1 voltage present at
binary input DI1
DI1 binary input according
to configuration and wiring
diagram
Check the wiring
3
4 Plausibility error digital
input at pulse P2
diagram
Check the wiring
5
6 Pulse 1 plausibility error at
binary input DI3
diagram
Check the wiring
7
binary input DI4
diagram
Check the wiring
9
binary input DI5
diagram
Check the wiring
11
binary input DI6
diagram
Check the wiring
13
binary input DI7
diagram
Check the wiring
15
binary input DI8
diagram
Check the wiring
17
Error Suberror
Code Designation
Response
(P)
7
Service
109 DCS alarm
Rapid stop/
warning (P)
binary input DI1
No pulse 2 voltage present at
binary input DI1.
diagram
Check the wiring
19
binary input DI2
diagram
Check the wiring
21
binary input DI3
diagram
Check the wiring
23
binary input DI4
diagram
Check the wiring
25
binary input DI5
diagram
Check the wiring
27
binary input DI6
diagram
Check the wiring
29
binary input DI7
diagram
Check the wiring
31
binary input DI8
diagram
Check the wiring
33
34 Plausibility error in the
speed recording
The difference between the two
velocity sensors is higher than
the configured speed cut-off
threshold.
Check track again with the
data of the encoder
configuration.
Check the velocity sensor
Use the SCOPE function
to set speed signals so
that they are congruent
35
36 Plausibility error in the
position acquisition
The difference between the two
position sensors is higher than
the configured value.
Check track with the
configured data of the
encoder setting
Check position signal
Are all signals connected
correctly to the 9-pin
encoder connector?
Check the encoder
connector for correct
wiring. Is the jumper
between pin 1 and pin 2 on
the 9-pin encoder
connector closed (SSI
absolute encoder)?
to set positions signals so
that they are congruent
37
Error Suberror
Code Designation
Response
(P)
7
Service
109 DCS alarm
Rapid stop/
warning (P)
38 Plausibility error incorrect
position range
The current position is outside
the configured range.
Check track with the
configured data of the
encoder setting
Check position signal,
correct offset if necessary
to read off the position and
set in ratio to the
configured values
39
40 Plausibility error incorrect
speed.
The current velocity exceeds the
configured maximum velocity.
The drive moves outside
the permitted and
configured velocity range
Check configuration (set
max. velocity)
Analyze the velocity
development using the
SCOPE function
41
42 Configuration error: Accel-
eration
The current acceleration is out-
side the configured acceleration
range.
Check encoder type and
configuration (SSI/
incremental)
Check the encoder
connection/wiring
Check polarity of the
encoder data
Check function of the
encoder
43
44 Plausibility error in
encoder interface (A3401
= encoder 1 and A3402 =
encoder 2).
The wiring of the encoder does
not correspond to the configured
data.
configuration (SSI/
incremental)
Check the encoder
connection/wiring
encoder data
encoder
45
46 Encoder supply voltage
error (A3403 = encoder 1
and A3404 = encoder 2)
Encoder voltage supply is out-
side the defined range (min. DC
20 V / max. DC 29 V).
Overload in the supply
voltage of the encoder;
internal fuse has triggered
Check supply voltage of
the DCS21B/31B option
47
48
Reference voltage error
The reference voltage input of
the encoder system is outside
the defined range.
Check reference voltage input
of the encoder system.
49
50 Difference level RS485
driver 1 (error INC_B or
SSI_CLK) faulty
No encoder connection, incor-
rect encoder type.
Check the encoder connec-
tion.
51
52 Difference level RS485
driver 2 (error INC_A or
SSI_DATA) faulty.
53
54 Incremental counter devia-
tion
55
56 Plausibility error in
encoder interface (A3401
= encoder 1 and A3402 =
encoder 2)
The wiring of the encoder does
not correspond to the configured
data.
configuration (SSI/
incremental)
Check the encoder
connection/wiring
encoder data
encoder
57
Error Suberror
Code Designation
Response
(P)
7
Service
109 DCS alarm
Rapid stop/
warning (P)
58 Plausibility error SIN/COS
encoder connection.
Incorrect encoder type con-
nected.
Check the encoder
connection
Check the encoder
connection (jumper
between pin 1 and pin2)
59
60
Plausibility error incremen-
tal encoder connection
61
62 Phase error of the incremental
or sin/cos encoder.
Check the encoder
connection
Replace the defective
encoder
63
64 Plausibility error - SSI
encoder connection.
Connected encoder type does
not correspond to the configura-
tion.
Check the encoder
connection
Check connected encoder
65
66 Plausibility error - SSI lis-
tener encoder connection
67
68 Faulty switching of the
LOSIDE driver DO2_M
DC 0 V short circuit at the out-
put.
Check wiring at the output.
HISIDE driver DO2_P
LOSIDE driver DO0_M
HISIDE driver DO0_P
LOSIDE driver DO1_M
HISIDE driver DO1_P
74 Undervoltage test watch-
dog for LOSIDE driver
DC 0 V short circuit at on of the
DC 0 V outputs.
Check wiring at the outputs.
75 Undervoltage test watch-
dog for HISIDE driver
DC 24 V short circuit at on of the
DC 24 V outputs.
76 CCW and CW monitoring
(in DMC module) activated
simultaneously
Multiple activation.
Only one direction of rotation
can be activated in the DMC
module.
77
range of the OLC activated
simultaneously
79
(in JSS module) was acti-
vated simultaneously
81
82 Timeout error MET.
Time monitoring start sig-
nal for confirmation button.
Input element with time monitor-
ing is faulty.
Check wiring of input
element
Input element is faulty
83
84 Timeout error MEZ.
Time monitoring for two-
hand button.
Two-hand operation with time
monitoring is faulty.
85
86 EMU1 monitoring error
Faulty monitoring of the external
disconnection channel
Check hardware
connections
Pick-up or release time to
short
Check switching contacts
87
88 EMU2 monitoring error
89
110
"Ex-e protec-
tion" error
Emergency
stop
0
Duration of operation
below 5 Hz exceeded
Duration of operation below 5
Hz exceeded
Check configuration
Shorten duration of
operation below 5 Hz
113
Analog input
open circuit
No response
(P)
0
AI1 analog input open cir-
cuit
AI1 analog input open circuit Check wiring
116
"Timeout
MOVI-PLC"
error
Rapid stop/
warning
0
MOVI-PLC
communica-
tion timeout
Check startup
Check wiring
123 Positioning
interruption
Emergency
stop (P)
0 Error "Positioning/Posi-
tioning interruption"
Target monitoring when inter-
rupted positioning is resumed.
Target would be overrun.
Perform positioning process
without interruption until it is
complete.
Error Suberror
Code Designation
Response
(P)
7
Service
124 Ambient con-
ditions
Emergency
stop (P)
1 Permitted ambient temper-
ature exceeded
Ambient temperature > 60C Improve ventilation and
cooling conditions
Improve air supply to the
control cabinet; check filter
mats.
196 Power section
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
1 Discharge resistor Discharge resistor overload Observe waiting time for power
on/off
2 Hardware ID precharge/
discharge control
Incorrect precharge/discharge
control variant
Consult SEW Service
Replace precharge/dis-
charge control
3 Inverter coupling PLD Live Defective inverter coupling Consult SEW Service
Replace inverter coupling
4 Inverter coupling reference
voltage
Defective inverter coupling Consult SEW Service
5 Power section configura-
tion
Different phase modules
installed in the unit
Inform SEW service.
Check and replace phase
modules
6 Control unit configuration Control unit line inverter or
motor inverter incorrect
Replace or correctly assign the
control unit of line and motor
inverter.
7 Communication power
section control unit
No communication Check control unit installation.
8 Communication pre-
charge/discharge control
inverter coupling
No communication Check wiring
Consult SEW Service
The inverter coupling does not
support protocol
Faulty communication with
inverter coupling at power-up
(CRC error).
Inverter coupling uses protocol
that does not match control unit
inverter coupling during opera-
tion: More than once per second
a CRC error.
14 Control unit configuration Missing PLD functionality for
EEPROM data set size 7.
Replace control unit
15 Inverter coupling error Inverter coupling processor has
signaled internal error.
error reoccurs
16 Inverter coupling error:
PLD version incompatible
17 Precharge/discharge con-
trol error
Precharge/discharge control
processor has signaled internal
error
error reoccurs
Replace precharge/dis-
charge control
18 Defective DC link fan The DC link fan is faulty. Consult SEW Service
Check whether DC link
choke fan is connected or
faulty
inverter coupling during opera-
tion: More than once per second
an internal error.
error reoccurs.
The control unit has not sent
any messages to the inverter
coupling for a while.
error reoccurs.
21 Uz measurement implausi-
ble phase R
Defective phase module Consult SEW service if the
error reoccurs
ble phase S
ble phase T
Error Suberror
Code Designation
Response
(P)
7
Service
197 Supply sys-
tem
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
1 Line overvoltage (motor
inverter only at start of pre-
charging process)
Inadequate line voltage quality. Check supply (fuses, con-
tactor)
supply system
2 Line undervoltage (only
with line inverter)
199 DC link charg-
ing
Immediate
disconnec-
tion
4 Precharging was aborted Unable to charge DC link. Precontrol overload
Connected DC link capac-
ity too high
Short circuit in the DC link;
check DC link connection
in case of several units.
Error Suberror
Code Designation
Response
(P)
7
SEW Electronics Service
Service
7.3 SEW Electronics Service
7.3.1 Send in for repair
Please contact the SEW-EURODRIVE electronics service if an error cannot be rec-
tified ( "Customer and spare parts service").
When contacting SEW electronics service, always quote the digits on the status label so
that our service personnel can assist you more effectively.
Provide the following information when sending the unit in for repair:
Serial number ( nameplate)
Unit designation
Standard version or application version
Digits on the status label
Short description of application (drive application, control via terminals or serial)
Connected motor (motor type, motor voltage, connection or )
Nature of the fault
Accompanying circumstances
Your own presumptions as to what has happened
Any unusual events preceding the problem, etc.
7.4 Extended storage
If the unit is stored for a long time, connect it to the mains voltage for at least 5 minutes
every 2 years. Otherwise, the unit's service life may be reduced.
Procedure when maintenance has been neglected:
Electrolytic capacitors are used in the inverters. They are subject to aging effects when
deenergized. This effect can damage the capacitors if the unit is connected using the
rated voltage after a longer period of storage.
If you have not performed maintenance regularly, SEW-EURODRIVE recommends that
you increase the line voltage slowly up to the maximum voltage. This can be done, for
example, by using a variable transformer for which the output voltage has been set ac-
cording to the following overview.
7
Disposal
Service
The following stages are recommended:
AC 400/500 V units:
Stage 1: AC 0 V to AC 350 V within a few seconds
Stage 2: AC 350 V for 15 minutes
Stage 4: AC 500 V for 1 hour
AC 230 V units:
Stage 3: AC 240 V for 1 hour
After you have completed the regeneration process, the unit can be used immediately
or stored again for an extended period with maintenance.
7.5 Disposal
Please follow the current instructions. Dispose in accordance with the material structure
and the regulations in force for instance as:
Electronics scrap (circuit boards)
Plastic (housing)
Sheet metal
copper
8
CE marking, UL approval and C-Tick
Technical Data and Dimension Drawings
8 Technical Data and Dimension Drawings
8.1 CE marking, UL approval and C-Tick
8.1.1 CE-marking
Low voltage directive
MOVIDRIVE
MDX60B/61B inverters comply with the regulations of the Low Voltage

Directive 2006/95/EC.
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
The designated use of MOVIDRIVE
inverters and regenerative power supply units

is as components for installation in machinery and systems. They comply with the
EMC product standard EN 61800-3 "Variable-speed electrical drives". Provided that
you comply with the installation instructions for the SEW components, the CE mark-
ing requirements for the entire machine/system in which they are installed are satis-
fied on the basis of the EMC directive 2004/108/EC. For detailed information on EMC
compliant installation, refer to the publication "Electromagnetic Compatibility in Drive
Engineering" from SEW-EURODRIVE.
Compliance with limit classes C1, C2 or C3 has been tested in a CE-typical drive
system. SEW-EURODRIVE can provide detailed information on request.
8.1.2 UL- / cUL / GOST-R

8.1.3 C-Tick
The CE-mark on the nameplate indicates conformity with the low voltage directive 2006/
95/EC. We can provide a declaration of conformity on request.
UL, cUL approval (USA) and the GOST-R certificate (Russia) have been approved for
the entire MOVIDRIVE
unit series. cUL is equivalent to CSA approval.

C-Tick approval has been granted for the entire MOVIDRIVE
range of units. C-Tick

certifies conformity with ACMA (Australian Communications and Media Authority) stan-
dards.
8
General technical data
8.2 General technical data
The following table lists the technical data applicable to all MOVIDRIVE
MDX60B/61B
inverters, regardless of their type, version, size and performance.
MOVIDRIVE
MDX60B/61B All sizes

Interference immunity Meets EN 61800-3
Interference emission with
EMC compliant installation
Sizes 0 to 7 meet EN 61800-3
Sizes 0 to 5: According to limit value class C1 to 61800-3 with a corre-
sponding line filter
Sizes 0, 1, 2S, and 2 in accordance with limit value class C2 to EN
61800-3 without additional measures
Size 6 and 7 in accordance with limit value class C2 to EN 61800-3 with
corresponding line filter
Ambient temperature
U
I
N
reduction
Ambient temperature
Climate class
0 C...+50 C at I
D
= 100 % I
N
and f
PWM
= 4 kHz / size 7: 2.5 kHz
0 C...+40 C at I
D
= 125 % I
N
and f
PWM
= 4 kHz / size 7: 2.5 kHz
0 C...+40 C at I
D
= 100 % I
N
and f
PWM
= 8 kHz / size 7: 4 kHz
2.5 % I
N
per K between 40 C - 50 C
3 % I
N
per K at 50 C - 60 C
EN 60721-3-3, class 3K3
Storage temperature
1)

L
1) In case of long-term storage, the unit must be connected to the mains voltage for at least 5 minutes every
two years, otherwise the unit's service life may be reduced.
25 C...+70 C (EN 60721-3-3, class 3K3)
DBG keypad: 20 C...+60 C
Cooling type (DIN 41751) Forced cooling
(temperature-controlled fan, response threshold 45 C)
Degree of protection EN 60529
(NEMA1)
Sizes 0 to 3
Sizes 4 to 6
IP20
IP00 (power connections)
IP10 (power connections) with
fitted Plexiglas cover supplied as standard and
shrink tubing (not included in scope of delivery)
Size 7 IP10 (power connections)
Refer to section "Touch guard" (page 56).
Operating mode Continuous operation with 50% overload capacity (size 0: 100 %)
Overvoltage category III according to IEC 60664-1 (VDE 0110-1)
Pollution class 2 according to IEC 60664-1 (VDE 0110-1)
Protection against mechani-
cally active substances
391
Protection against chemically
active substances
3C2
Installation altitude h Up to h 1000 m (3281 ft) without restrictions.
The following restrictions apply at h 1000 m (3281 ft):
from 1000 m (3281 ft) to max. 4000 m (13120 ft):
I
N
reduction by 1 % per 100 m (328 ft)
from 2000 m (6562 ft) to max. 4000 m (13120 ft):
AC 230 V units: U
N
reduction by AC 3 V per 100 m (328 ft)
AC 500 V units: U
N
reduction by AC 6 V per 100 m (328 ft)
Over 2000 m (6562 ft) only overvoltage class 2, external measures are
required for overvoltage class 3. Overvoltage classes according to DIN
VDE 0110-1.
8
General technical data
8.2.1 MOVIDRIVE
MDX60/61B unit series, size 0

The following figure shows the MOVIDRIVE
MDX60/61B unit series, size 0

8.2.2 MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B unit series, sizes 1 to 7

The following figure shows the MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B unit series, sizes 1 to 7

1940365835
2059056779
P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
8
MOVIDRIVE
MDX60/61B...-5_3 (AC 400/500 V units)

8.3 MOVIDRIVE
MDX60/61B...-5_3 (AC 400/500 V units)

8.3.1 Size 0
MOVIDRIVE
MDX60/61B 0005-5A3-4-0_ 0008-5A3-4-0_ 0011-5A3-4-0_ 0014-5A3-4-0_

Size 0S 0M
INPUT
Nominal supply voltage (to EN 50160) V
supply
3 AC 380 V - 500 V
Line frequency f
supply
50 Hz ... 60 Hz 5 %
Nominal supply system current
1)
I
supply
100 %
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V) 125 %
1) The system and output currents must be reduced by 20 % from the nominal values for V
supply
= 3 x AC 500 V.
AC 1.8 A
AC 2.3 A
AC 2.2 A
AC 2.7 A
AC 2.8 A
AC 3.5 A
AC 3.6 A
AC 4.5 A
OUTPUT
Apparent output power
2)
S
N
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 380...500 V)
2) The performance data applies to f
PWM
= 4 kHz.
1.4 kVA 1.6 kVA 2.1 kVA 2.8 kVA
Rated output current
1)
I
N
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V)
AC 2 A AC 2.4 A AC 3.1 A AC 4 A
Continuous output current (= 125 % I
N
) I
D
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V and f
PWM
= 4 kHz)
AC 2.5 A AC 3 A AC 3.8 A AC 5 A
N
) I
D
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V and f
PWM
= 8 kHz) AC 2 A AC 2.4 A AC 3.1 A AC 4 A
Current limitation I
max
Motor and regenerative 200 % I
N
, duration depending on capacity utilization
Internal current limitation I
max
= 0...200 % adjustable
Minimum permitted brake R
BWmin
resistance value (4Q operation)
68
Output voltage V
O
Max. V
line
PWM frequency f
PWM
Adjustable: 4/8/12/16 kHz
Speed range/resolution n
A
/ n
A
6000 ... 0 ... +6000 min
1
/ 0.2 min
1
across the entire range
GENERAL INFORMATION
Power loss at S
N
2)
P
Vmax
42 W 48 W 58 W 74 W
Cooling air consumption 3 m
3
/h 9 m
3
/h
Cross section of unit terminals X1, X2, X3, X4 Terminal blocks 4 mm
2
conductor end sleeves DIN 46228
Tightening torque 0.6 Nm
MDX61B standard version 0005-5A3-4-00 0008-5A3-4-00 0011-5A3-4-00 0014-5A3-4-00
Part number 827 722 2 827 723 0 827 724 9 827 725 7
MDX61B Application version 0005-5A3-4-0T 0008-5A3-4-0T 0011-5A3-4-0T 0014-5A3-4-0T
Part number 827 726 5 827 727 3 827 728 1 827 729 X
Constant load
Recommended motor power P
Mot
0.55 kW (0.74 HP) 0.75 kW (1.0 HP) 1.1 kW (1.5 HP) 1.5 kW (2.0 HP)
Variable torque load or constant load
without overload recommended motor
power P
Mot
Weight 2.0 kg (4.4 lb) 2.5 kg (5.5 lb)
Dimensions W H D
45 mm 317 mm 260 mm
(1.8 in x 12.5 in x 10.2 in)
67,5 mm 317 mm 260 mm
(2.66 in x 12.5 in x 10.2 in)
MDX61B standard version (VFC/CFC/SERVO) 0005-5A3-4-00 0008-5A3-4-00 0011-5A3-4-00 0014-5A3-4-00
Part number 827 730 3 827 731 1 827 732 X 827 733 8
MDX61B Application version (VFC/CFC/SERVO) 0005-5A3-4-0T 0008-5A3-4-0T 0011-5A3-4-0T 0014-5A3-4-0T
Part number 827 734 6 827 735 4 827 736 2 827 737 0
Weight 2.3 kg (5.1 lb) 2.8 kg (6.2 lb)
Dimensions W H D
72.5 mm 317 mm 260 mm
(2.85 in 12.5 in 10.2 in)
95 mm 317 mm 260 mm
(3.7 in 12.5 in 10.2 in)
Recommended motor power MOVIDRIVE
B system manual, section "Motor selection"

P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
8
MOVIDRIVE
MDX60/61B...-5_3 (AC 400/500 V units)

8.3.2 Size 1 (AC 400/500 V units)
MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B 0015-5A3-4-0_ 0022-5A3-4-0_ 0030-5A3-4-0_ 0040-5A3-4-0_

INPUT
supply
3 AC 380 V - 500 V
supply frequency f
supply
50 Hz ... 60 Hz 5 %
1)
I
supply
100 %
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V) 125 %
supply
= 3 x AC 500 V.
AC 3.6 A
AC 4.5 A
AC 5.0 A
AC 6.2 A
AC 6.3 A
AC 7.9 A
AC 8.6 A
AC 10.7 A
OUTPUT
2)
S
N
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 380...500 V)
PWM
= 4 kHz.
2.8 kVA 3.8 kVA 4.9 kVA 6.6 kVA
1)
I
N
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V)
AC 4 A AC 5.5 A AC 7 A AC 9.5 A
N
) I
D
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V and f
PWM
= 4 kHz)
AC 5 A AC 6.9 A AC 8.8 A AC 11.9 A
N
) I
D
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V and f
PWM
= 8 kHz) AC 4 A AC 5.5 A AC 7 A AC 9.5 A
max
N
max
BWmin
68
Output voltage V
O
Max. V
supply
PWM frequency f
PWM
A
/ n
A
6000 ... 0 ... +6000 min
1
/ 0.2 min
1
GENERAL INFORMATION
Power loss at S
N
2)
P
Vmax
85 W 105 W 130 W 180 W
3
/h
Weight 3.5 kg (7.7 lb)
Dimensions W H D 105 mm 314 mm 234 mm
(4.13 in 12.4 in 9.21 in)
Cross section of unit terminals X1, X2, X3, X4 Terminal blocks 4 mm
2
conductor end sleeves DIN 46228
MDX61B Standard version 0015-5A3-4-00 0022-5A3-4-00 0030-5A3-4-00 0040-5A3-4-00
Part number 827 957 8 827 958 6 827 959 4 827 960 8
MDX61B Application version 0015-5A3-4-0T 0022-5A3-4-0T 0030-5A3-4-0T 0040-5A3-4-0T
Part number 827 975 6 827 976 4 827 977 2 827 978 0
Constant load
Mot
power P
Mot

P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
8
MOVIDRIVE
MDX60/61B...-5_3 (AC 400/500 V units)

8.3.3 Sizes 2S and 2 (AC 400/500 V units)
MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B 0055-5A3-4-0_ 0075-5A3-4-0_ 0110-5A3-4-0_

Size 2S 2
INPUT
supply
3 AC 380 V - 500 V
supply frequency f
supply
50 Hz ... 60 Hz 5 %
1)
I
supply
100 %
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V) 125 %
supply
= 3 x AC 500 V.
AC 11.3 A
AC 14.1 A
AC 14.4 A
AC 18.0 A
AC 21.6 A
AC 27.0 A
OUTPUT
2)
S
N
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 380...500 V)
PWM
= 4 kHz.
8.7 kVA 11.2 kVA 16.8 kVA
1)
I
N
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V)
AC 12.5 A AC 16 A AC 24 A
N
) I
D
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V with f
PWM
= 4 kHz)
AC 15.6 A AC 20 A AC 30 A
N
) I
D
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V with f
PWM
= 8 kHz) AC 12.5 A AC 16 A AC 24 A
max
N
max
BWmin
47 22
Output voltage V
O
Max. V
supply
PWM frequency f
PWM
A
/ n
A
6000 ... 0 ... +6000 min
1
/ 0.2 min
1
GENERAL INFORMATION
Power loss at S
N
2)
P
Vmax
220 W 290 W 400 W
3
/h
Weight 6.6 kg (15 lb)
(4.13 in 13.2 in 11.6 in)
135 mm 315 mm 285 mm
(5.31 in 12.4 in 11.2 in)
Cross section of unit terminals X1, X2, X3, X4
Terminal blocks 4 mm
2
conductor end
sleeves DIN 46228
M4 screw and washer assembly
with terminal clip
4 mm
2
conductor end sleeve
DIN 46228
6 mm
2
crimp cable lug DIN
46234
Tightening torque 0.6 Nm 1.5 Nm
MDX61B Standard version 0055-5A3-4-00 0075-5A3-4-00 0110-5A3-4-00
Part number 827 961 6 827 962 4 827 963 2
MDX61B Application version 0055-5A3-4-0T 0075-5A3-4-0T 0110-5A3-4-0T
Part number 827 979 9 827 980 2 827 981 0
Constant load
Mot
5.5 kW (7.4 HP) 7.5 kW (10 HP) 11 kW (15 HP)
power P
Mot
7.5 kW (10 HP) 11 kW (15 HP) 15 kW (20 HP)

P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
8
MOVIDRIVE
MDX60/61B...-5_3 (AC 400/500 V units)

8.3.4 Size 3 (AC 400/500 V units)
MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B 0150-503-4-0_ 0220-503-4-0_ 0300-503-4-0_

INPUT
supply
3 AC 380 V - 500 V
supply frequency f
supply
50 Hz ... 60 Hz 5 %
1)
I
supply
100 %
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V) 125 %
supply
= 3 x AC 500 V.
AC 28.8 A
AC 36 A
AC 41.4 A
AC 51.7 A
AC 54 A
AC 67.5 A
OUTPUT
2)
S
N
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 380...500 V)
PWM
= 4 kHz.
22.2 kVA 31.9 kVA 41.6 kVA
1)
I
N
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V)
AC 32 A AC 46 A AC 60 A
N
) I
D
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V with f
PWM
= 4 kHz)
AC 40 A AC 57.5 A AC 75 A
N
) I
D
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V with f
PWM
= 8 kHz) AC 32 A AC 46 A AC 60 A
max
N
max
BWmin
15 12
Output voltage V
O
Max. V
supply
PWM frequency f
PWM
A
/ n
A
6000 ... 0 ... +6000 min
1
/ 0.2 min
1
GENERAL INFORMATION
Power loss at S
N
2)
P
Vmax
550 W 750 W 950 W
3
/h
(7.87 in 18.3 in 12.1 in)
M6 screw with washer max. 25 mm
2
Crimp cable lug DIN 46234
MDX61B Standard version 0150-503-4-00 0220-503-4-00 0300-503-4-00
Part number 827 964 0 827 965 9 827 966 7
MDX61B Application version 0150-503-4-0T 0220-503-4-0T 0300-503-4-0T
Part number 827 982 9 827 983 7 827 984 5
Constant load
Mot
15 kW (20 HP) 22 kW (30 HP) 30 kW (40 HP)
power P
Mot
22 kW (30 HP) 30 kW (40 HP) 37 kW (50 HP)

P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
8
MOVIDRIVE
MDX60/61B...-5_3 (AC 400/500 V units)

8.3.5 Size 4 (AC 400/500 V units)
MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B 0370-503-4-0_ 0450-503-4-0_

INPUT
supply
3 AC 380 V - 500 V
supply frequency f
supply
50 Hz ... 60 Hz 5 %
1)
I
supply
100 %
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V) 125 %
supply
= 3 x AC 500 V.
AC 65.7 A
AC 81.9 A
AC 80.1 A
AC 100.1 A
OUTPUT
2)
S
N
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 380...500 V)
PWM
= 4 kHz.
51.1 kVA 62.3 kVA
1)
I
N
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V)
AC 73 A AC 89 A
N
) I
D
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V with f
PWM
= 4 kHz)
AC 91 A AC 111 A
N
) I
D
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V with f
PWM
= 8 kHz) AC 73 A AC 89 A
max
N
max
BWmin
6
Output voltage V
O
Max. V
supply
PWM frequency f
PWM
A
/ n
A
6000 ... 0 ... +6000 min
1
/ 0.2 min
1
GENERAL INFORMATION
Power loss at S
N
2)
P
Vmax
1200 W 1450 W
3
/h
Weight 27 kg (60 lb)
(11.0 in 20.6 in 12.1 in)
M10 bolt with nut
Max. 70 mm
2
Press cable lug DIN 46235
Tightening torque 14 Nm
MDX61B Standard version 0370-503-4-00 0450-503-4-00
Part number 827 967 5 827 968 3
MDX61B Application version 0370-503-4-0T 0450-503-4-0T
Part number 827 985 3 827 986 1
Constant load
Mot
37 kW (50 HP) 45 kW (60 HP)
power P
Mot
45 kW (60 HP) 55 kW (74 HP)

P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
8
MOVIDRIVE
MDX60/61B...-5_3 (AC 400/500 V units)

8.3.6 Size 5 (AC 400/500 V units)
MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B 0550-503-4-0_ 0750-503-4-0_

INPUT
supply
3 AC 380 V - 500 V
supply frequency f
supply
50 Hz ... 60 Hz 5 %
1)
I
supply
100 %
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V) 125 %
supply
= 3 x AC 500 V.
AC 94.5 A
AC 118.1 A
AC 117 A
AC 146.3 A
OUTPUT
2)
S
N
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 380...500 V)
PWM
= 4 kHz.
73.5 kVA 91.0 kVA
1)
I
N
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V)
AC 105 A AC 130 A
N
) I
D
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V with f
PWM
= 4 kHz)
AC 131 A AC 162 A
N
) I
D
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V with f
PWM
= 8 kHz) AC 105 A AC 130 A
max
N
max
BWmin
6 4
Output voltage V
O
Max. V
supply
PWM frequency f
PWM
A
/ n
A
6000 ... 0 ... +6000 min
1
/ 0.2 min
1
GENERAL INFORMATION
Power loss at S
N
2)
P
Vmax
1700 W 2000 W
3
/h
(11.0 in 24.0 in 13.0 in)
M10 bolt with nut
Max. 70 mm
2
Part number 827 969 1 827 970 5
Part number 827 988 8 827 989 6
Constant load
Mot
55 kW (74 HP) 75 kW (100 HP)
power P
Mot
75 kW (100 HP) 90 kW (120 HP)

P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
8
MOVIDRIVE
MDX60/61B...-5_3 (AC 400/500 V units)

8.3.7 Size 6 (AC 400/500 V units)
MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B 0900-503-4-0_ 1100-503-4-0_ 1320-503-4-0_

INPUT
supply
3 AC 380 V - 500 V
supply frequency f
supply
50 Hz ... 60 Hz 5 %
1)
I
supply
100 %
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V) 125 %
supply
= 3 x AC 500 V.
AC 153 A
AC 191 A
AC 180 A
AC 225 A
AC 225 A
AC 281 A
OUTPUT
2)
S
N
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 380...500 V)
PWM
= 4 kHz.
118 kVA 139 kVA 174 kVA
1)
I
N
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V)
AC 170 A AC 200 A AC 250 A
N
) I
D
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V with f
PWM
= 4 kHz)
AC 212 A AC 250 A AC 312 A
N
) I
D
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V with f
PWM
= 4 kHz)
Temperature range 0 C ... +50 C
AC 170 A AC 200 A AC 250 A
max
N
max
BWmin
2.7
Output voltage V
O
Max. V
supply
PWM frequency f
PWM
Adjustable: 4 or 8 kHz
A
/ n
A
6000 ... 0 ... +6000 min
1
/ 0.2 min
1
GENERAL INFORMATION
Power loss at S
N
2)
P
Vmax
2300 W 2500 W 2700 W
3
/h
(11.0 in 39.37 in 15.0 in
M12 bolt with nut
Max. 185 mm
2
MDX61B Standard version 0900-503-4-00 1100-503-4-00 1320-503-4-00
Part number 827 971 3 827 972 1 827 974 8
MDX61B Application version 0900-503-4-0T 1100-503-4-0T 1320-503-4-0T
Part number 827 991 8 827 992 6 827 993 4
Constant load
Mot
90 kW (120 HP) 110 kW (148 HP) 132 kW (177 HP)
power P
Mot
110 kW (148 HP) 132 kW (177 HP) 160 kW (215 HP)

P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
8
MOVIDRIVE
MDX60/61B...-5_3 (AC 400/500 V units)

8.3.8 Size 7 (AC 400/500 V units)
MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B 1600-503-2-0T/L
1600-503-4-0T/L
2000-503-2-0T/L
2000-503-4-0T/L
2500-503-2-0T/L
2500-503-4-0T/L
INPUT
supply
3 AC 380 V - 500 V
supply frequency f
supply
50 Hz ... 60 Hz 5 %
Nominal supply current
1)
I
supply
100 %
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V) 125 %
supply
= 3 x AC 500 V.
AC 280 A
AC 340 A
AC 340 A
AC 425 A
AC 435 A
AC 535 A
OUTPUT
2)
S
N
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 380...500 V)
PWM
= 2.5 kHz.
208 kVA 263 kVA 326 kVA
1)
I
N
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V)
AC 300 A AC 380 A AC 470 A
N
) I
D
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V with f
PWM
= 2.5 kHz)
AC 375 A AC 475 A AC 588 A
N
) I
D
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 400 V with f
PWM
= 2.5 kHz)
Temperature range 0 C ... +50 C
AC 300 A AC 380 A AC 470 A
max
N
max
BWmin
1.1
Output voltage V
O
Max. V
supply
PWM frequency f
PWM
Adjustable: 2.5 or 4 kHz
A
/ n
A
6000 ... 0 ... +6000 min
1
/ 0.2 min
1
GENERAL INFORMATION
Power loss at S
N
2)
P
Vmax
3000 W 3600 W 4400 W
3
/h
Weight 2Q variant: 260 kg (573 lb)
4Q variant: 280 kg (617 lb)
(27.6 in 58.7 in 18.5 in)
Conductor rails X1, X2, X3
Connection rail with bore for M12
Max. 2 x 240 mm
2
Tightening torque 70 Nm (620 lb in)
MDX61B Application version
With coated printed circuit boards
1600-503-2-0T/L
1600-503-4-0T/L
2000-503-2-0T/L
2000-503-4-0T/L
2500-503-2-0T/L
2500-503-4-0T/L
Part number 829 976 5
829 980 3
829 977 3
829 981 1
829 978 1
829 983 8
Constant load
Mot
160 kW (215 HP) 200 kW (268 HP) 250 kW (335 HP)
Variable torque load or constant
load without overload
Mot
200 kW (268 HP) 250 kW (335 HP) 315 kW (422 HP)
Recommended motor power See MOVIDRIVE

P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
8
MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B...-2_3 (AC 230 V units)

8.4 MOVIDRIVE

8.4.1 Size 1 (AC 230 V units)
MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B 0015-2A3-4-0_ 0022-2A3-4-0_ 0037-2A3-4-0_

INPUT
supply
3 AC 200 V - 240 V
supply frequency f
supply
50 Hz ... 60 Hz 5 %
Rated supply current I
supply
100 %
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 230 V) 125 %
AC 6.7 A
AC 8.4 A
AC 7.8 A
AC 9.8 A
AC 12.9 A
AC 16.1 A
OUTPUT
1)
S
N
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 230...240 V)
PWM
= 4 kHz.
2.7 kVA 3.4 kVA 5.8 kVA
Nominal output current I
N
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 230 V)
AC 7.3 A AC 8.6 A AC 14.5 A
N
) I
D
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 230 V with f
PWM
= 4 kHz)
AC 9.1 A AC 10.8 A AC 18.1 A
N
) I
D
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 230 V with f
PWM
= 8 kHz) AC 7.3 A AC 8.6 A AC 14.5 A
max
N
max
BWmin
27
Output voltage V
O
Max. V
supply
PWM frequency f
PWM
A
/ n
A
6000 ... 0 ... +6000 min
1
/ 0.2 min
1
GENERAL INFORMATION
Power loss at S
N
1)
P
Vmax
110 W 126 W 210 W
3
/h
(4.13 in 12.4 in 9.21 in)
Separable terminal strip
4 mm
2
conductor end sleeve DIN 46228
MDX61B Standard version 0015-2A3-4-00 0022-2A3-4-00 0037-2A3-4-00
Part number 827 994 2 827 995 0 827 996 9
MDX61B Application version 0015-2A3-4-0T 0022-2A3-4-0T 0037-2A3-4-0T
Part number 828 003 7 828 004 5 828 005 3
Constant load
Mot
1.5 kW (2.0 HP) 2.2 kW (3.0 HP) 3.7 kW (5.0 HP)
power P
Mot
2.2 kW (3.0 HP) 3.7 kW (5.0 HP) 5.0 kW (6.7 HP)

P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
8
MOVIDRIVE

MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B 0055-2A3-4-0_ 0075-2A3-4-0_

INPUT
supply
3 AC 200 V - 240 V
supply frequency f
supply
50 Hz ... 60 Hz 5 %
supply
100 %
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 230 V) 125 %
AC 19.5 A
AC 24.4 A
AC 27.4 A
AC 34.3 A
OUTPUT
1)
S
N
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 230...240 V)
PWM
= 4 kHz.
8.8 kVA 11.6 kVA
N
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 230 V)
AC 22 A AC 29 A
N
) I
D
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 230 V with f
PWM
= 4 kHz)
AC 27.5 A AC 36.3 A
N
) I
D
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 230 V with f
PWM
= 8 kHz) AC 22 A AC 29 A
max
N
max
BWmin
12
Output voltage V
O
Max. V
supply
PWM frequency f
PWM
A
/ n
R
6000 ... 0 ... +6000 min
1
/ 0.2 min
1
GENERAL INFORMATION
Power loss at S
N
1)
P
Vmax
300 W 380 W
3
/h
(5.31 in 12.4 in 11.2 in)
M4 screw and washer assembly with terminal clip
4 mm
2
conductor end sleeve DIN 46228
6 mm
2
crimp cable lug DIN 46234
MDX61B Standard version 0055-2A3-4-00 0075-2A3-4-00
Part number 827 997 7 827 998 5
MDX61B Application version 0055-2A3-4-0T 0075-2A3-4-0T
Part number 828 006 1 828 008 8
Constant load
Mot
5.5 kW (7.4 HP) 7.5 kW (10 HP)
power P
Mot
7.5 kW (10 HP) 11 kW (15 HP)

P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
8
MOVIDRIVE

MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B 0110-203-4-0_ 0150-203-4-0_

INPUT
supply
3 AC 200 V - 240 V
supply frequency f
supply
50 Hz ... 60 Hz 5 %
supply
100 %
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 230 V) 125 %
AC 40 A
AC 50 A
AC 49 A
AC 61 A
OUTPUT
1)
S
N
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 230...240 V)
PWM
= 4 kHz.
17.1 kVA 21.5 kVA
N
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 230 V)
AC 42 A AC 54 A
N
) I
D
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 230 V with f
PWM
= 4 kHz)
AC 52.5 A AC 67.5 A
N
) I
D
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 230 V with f
PWM
= 8 kHz) AC 42 A AC 54 A
max
N
max
BWmin
7.5 5.6
Output voltage V
O
Max. V
supply
PWM frequency f
PWM
A
/ n
A
6000 ... 0 ... +6000 min
1
/ 0.2 min
1
GENERAL INFORMATION
Power loss at S
N
1)
P
Vmax
580 W 720 W
3
/h
(7.87 in 18.3 in 12.1 in)
M6 screw and washer assembly with washer
max. 25 mm
2
Crimp cable lug DIN 46234
Part number 827 999 3 828 000 2
Part number 828 009 6 828 011 8
Constant load
Mot
11 kW (15 HP) 15 kW (20 HP)
power P
Mot
15 kW (20 HP) 22 kW (30 HP)

P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
8
MOVIDRIVE

MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B 0220-203-4-0_ 0300-203-4-0_

INPUT
supply
3 AC 200 V - 240 V
supply frequency f
supply
50 Hz ... 60 Hz 5 %
supply
100 %
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 230 V) 125 %
AC 72 A
AC 90 A
AC 86 A
AC 107 A
OUTPUT
1)
S
N
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 230...240 V)
PWM
= 4 kHz.
31.8 kVA 37.8 kVA
N
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 230 V)
AC 80 A AC 95 A
N
) I
D
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 230 V with f
PWM
= 4 kHz)
AC 100 A AC 118 A
N
) I
D
(at V
supply
= 3 AC 230 V with f
PWM
= 4 kHz) AC 80 A AC 95 A
max
N
max
BWmin
3
Output voltage V
O
Max. V
supply
PWM frequency f
PWM
A
/ n
A
6000 ... 0 ... +6000 min
1
/ 0.2 min
1
GENERAL INFORMATION
Power loss at S
N
1)
P
Vmax
1100 W 1300 W
3
/h
Dimensions W H D 280 mm 522 mm 307mm
(11.0 in 20.6 in 12.1 in)
M10 bolt with nut
max. 70 mm
2
Part number 828 001 0 828 002 9
Part number 828 012 6 828 013 4
Constant load
Mot
22 kW (30 HP) 30 kW (40 HP)
power P
Mot
30 kW (40 HP) 37 kW (50 HP)

P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
8
MOVIDRIVE
MDX60/61B electronics data

8.5 MOVIDRIVE

MOVIDRIVE
MDX60/61B General electronics data

Voltage supply X11:1
for setpoint input X11:5
REF1: DC+10 V +5 % / 0 %, I
max
= DC 3 mA
REF2: DC10 V +0 % / 5 %, I
max
= DC 3 mA
Reference voltages for setpoint potentiometer
Setpoint input n1 X11:2/X11:3 AI11/AI12: Voltage or current input, can be set with S11 and P11_, sampling interval 1 ms
(differential input)
Operating mode AI11/AI12
Resolution
Internal resistance
Voltage input:
n1 = DC 0...+10 V or DC 10 V...0...+10 V
12 bit
R
i
= 40 k (external voltage supply)
R
i
= 20 k (supply from REF1/REF2)
Current input:
n1 = DC 0...20 mA or DC 4...20 mA
11 bit
R
i
= 250
Internal setpoints
Parameter set 1: n11/n12/n13 = 6000...0...+6000 rpm
Parameter set 2: n21/n22/n23 = 6000...0...+6000 rpm
Time ranges of the speed ramps
at n = 3000 rpm
1. Ramp t11/t21 up: 0...2000 s down: 0..2000 s
2. Ramp t12/t22 up = down: 0...2000 s
Stop ramp t13/t23 down: 0...20 s
Emergency ramp t14/t24 down: 0...20 s
Motor potentiometer t3 up: 0.2...50 s down: 0.2...50 s
Auxiliary voltage output
1)
X13:8/X10:8 VO24: V
OUT
= DC 24 V, maximum current carrying capacity I
max
= DC 400 mA
External voltage supply
1)
X10:9
VI24: U
IN
= DC 24 V 15 % / +20 % according to EN 61131-2
With size 7, connect 24 V backup voltage via the DC power supply unit.
No connection at the control unit.
Binary inputs
X13:1...X13:6 and X16:1/X16:2
Internal resistance
Isolated (optocoupler), PLC-compatible (EN 61131), sampling interval 1 ms
DI...DI5 and DI6/DI7
R
i
3 k, I
E
DC 10 mA
Signal level
DC +13 V...+30 V = "1" = Contact closed
DC 3 V...+5 V = "0" = Contact open
According to EN 61131
Function X13:1
X13:2...X13:6, X16:1/X16:2
DI: With fixed assignment "/Controller inhibit"
DI1...DI5, DI6/DI7: Selection option Parameter menu P60_
Binary outputs
1)
X10:3/X10:7 and X16:3...X16:5
1) The unit provides a current of I
max
= DC 400 mA for the DC+24 V outputs (VO24, binary outputs). If this value is insufficient, a DC 24
V voltage supply must be connected to X10:9 (VI24).
PLC-compatible (EN 61131-2), response time 1 ms
DB/DO2 and DO3...DO5
Signal level "0" = DC 0 V "1" = DC +24 V Important: Do not apply external voltage!
Function X10:3
X10:7, X16:3...X16:5
DB: With fixed assignment "/Brake", I
max
= DC 150 mA, short-circuit proof, protected against
external voltage to DC 30 V
DO2, DO3...DO5: Selection option Parameter menu P62_,
I
max
= DC 50 mA, short-circuit proof, protected against external voltage to DC 30 V
Relay output X10:4...X10:6 DO1: Load capacity of the relay contacts U
max
= DC 30 V, I
max
= DC 800 mA
Function X10:4
X10:5
X10:6
DO1-C: Shared relay contact
DO1-NO: Normally open contact
DO1-NC: NC contact
Selection option Parameter menu P62_
System bus (SBus) X12:1
X12:2
X12:3
DGND: Reference
potential
SC11: SBus high
SC12: SBus low
CAN bus according to CAN specification 2.0, parts A and B, trans-
mission technology according to ISO 11898, max. 64 stations, termi-
nating resistor (120 ) can be activated using DIP switches
RS485 interface X13:10
X13:11
ST11: RS485+
ST12: RS485-
EIA standard, 9.6 kbaud, max. 32 stations
Max. cable length 200 m
Dynamic terminating resistor with fixed installation
TF/TH/KTY input X10:1 TF1: Response threshold at R
TF
2.9 k 10 %
P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
8
MOVIDRIVE

MOVIDRIVE
MDX60/61B General electronics data

Reference terminals X11:4
X12:1/X13:9/X16:6/X10:2/X10:10
X13:7
AGND: Reference potential for analog signals and terminals X11:1 and X11:5 (REF1/REF2)
DGND: Reference potential for binary signals, system bus, RS485 interface and TF/TH
DCOM: Reference potential for binary inputs X13:1...X13:6 and X16:1/X16:2 (DI...DI5
and DI6/DI7)
Permitted cable cross section
One core per terminal: 0.20...2.5 mm
2
(AWG 24...12)
Two cores per terminal: 0.25...1 mm
2
(AWG 22...17)
Safety contact X17:1
X17:2
X17:3
X17:4
Permitted cable cross section
Power consumption X17:4
Input capacitance X17:4
DGND: Reference potential for X17:2
VO24: : V
OUT
= DC 24 V, only to supply X17:4 of the same unit; cannot be used to supply other
units.
SOV24: Reference potential for DC+24 V "safe stop" input (safety contact)
SVI24: DC+24 V "safe stop" input (safety contact)
2
(AWG28...16)
Two cores per terminal: 0.25 ... 1.0 mm
2
(AWG23...17)
Size 0: 3 W
Size 1: 5 W
Size 2, 2S: 6 W
Size 3: 7.5 W
Size 4: 8 W
Size 5: 10 W
sizes 6 to 7: 6 W
Size 0: 27 F
Sizes 1...7: 270 F
Time for restart
Time to inhibit output stage
t
A
= 200 ms
t
S
= 100 ms
Signal level
DC +19.2 V...+30 V = "1" = Contact closed
P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
8
MOVIDRIVE
MDX60B dimension drawings

8.6 MOVIDRIVE

8.6.1 Size 0S
The following dimension drawing shows MDX60B size 0S, dimensions in mm (in)
8.6.2 Size 0S with mounted braking resistor
The following dimension drawing shows MDX60B size 0S with braking resistor, dimen-
sions in mm (in)
1940795915
249 (9.8)
260 (10.2)
45 (1.8)
6 (0.24)
3
1
7

(
1
2
.
5
)
2
9
2

(
1
1
.
5
)
1
0

(
0
.
3
9
)
5

(
0
.
2
)
2
8
0

(
1
1
)
1940798987
249 (9.8)
260 (10.2)
45 (1.8)
71.5 (2.81)
6 (0.24)
3
1
7

(
1
2
.
5
)
2
9
2

(
1
1
.
5
)
1
0

(
0
.
3
9
)
5

(
0
.
2
)
2
8
0

(
1
1
)
P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
8
MOVIDRIVE

8.6.3 Size 0M
The following dimension drawing shows MDX60B size 0M, dimensions in mm (in)
8.6.4 Size 0M with mounted braking resistor
The following dimension drawing shows MDX60B size 0M with braking resistor, dimen-
sions in mm (in)
1940843915
249 (9.8)
67.5 (2.66)
6 (0.24)
3
1
7

(
1
2
.
5
)
2
9
2

(
1
1
.
5
)
1
0

(
0
.
3
9
)
5

(
0
.
2
)
2
8
0

(
1
1
)
260 (10.2)
1940846987
249 (9.8)
67.5 (2.66)
94 (3.7)
6 (0.24)
3
1
7

(
1
2
.
5
)
2
9
2

(
1
1
.
5
)
1
0

(
0
.
3
9
)
5

(
0
.
2
)
2
8
0

(
1
1
)
260 (10.2)
P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
8
MOVIDRIVE

8.7 MOVIDRIVE

8.7.1 Size 0S
INFORMATION
For MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B size 0, installing a braking resistor does not affect the di-
mensions. Therefore, MOVIDRIVE
MDX61B size 0 dimensions are displayed without

an installed braking resistor.
1940851339
249 (9.8)
260 (10.2)
72.5 (2.85)
45 (1.8)
6 (0.24)
3
1
7

(
1
2
.
5
)
2
9
2

(
1
1
.
5
)
1
0

(
0
.
3
9
)
5

(
0
.
2
)
2
8
0

(
1
1
)
P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
8
MOVIDRIVE

8.7.2 Size 0M
The following dimension drawing shows MDX61B size 0M, dimensions in mm (in)
2058928651
249 (9.8)
260 (10.2)
95 (3.7)
67.5 (2.66)
6 (0.24)
3
1
7

(
1
2
.
5
)
2
9
2

(
1
1
.
5
)
1
0

(
0
.
3
9
)
5

(
0
.
2
)
2
8
0

(
1
1
)
P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
8
MOVIDRIVE

8.7.3 Size 1
The following dimension drawing shows MDX61B size 1, dimensions in mm (in)
2058933131
85 (3.3)
105 (4.13)
3
0
0

(
1
1
.
8
)
7

(
0
.
2
8
)
3
1
4

(
1
2
.
4
)
6 (0.24)
234 (9.21)
6 (0.24)
3
4
3

(
1
3
.
5
)
4
1 2 3
5 6
7 8 9
+/- 0
P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
8
MOVIDRIVE

8.7.4 Size 2S
2058949003
105 (4.13)
70 (2.8)
5

(
0
.
2
)
3
2
5

(
1
2
.
8
)
3
3
5

(
1
3
.
2
)
7 (0.28)
294 (11.6)
4
1 2 3
5 6
7 8 9
+/- 0
P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
8
MOVIDRIVE

8.7.5 Size 2S
2058953099
105 (4.13)
6,5 (0.26)
3
0
0

(
1
1
.
8
)
3
1
5

(
1
2
.
4
)
7

(

0
.
2
8
)
130 (5.12)
124.5 (4.9)
1.5
285 (11.2)
3
3
5
.
4

(
1
3
.
2
)
4
1 2 3
5 6
7 8 9
+/- 0
P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
8
MOVIDRIVE

8.7.6 Size 3
2058956683
105 (4.13)
200 (7.87)
4
4
5

(
1
7
.
5
)
4
6
5

(
1
8
.
3
)
9

(
0
.
4
)
7 (0.3)
308 (12.1)
2 (0.08)
P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
8
MOVIDRIVE

8.7.7 Size 4
2058960267
280 (11.0)
140 (5.51)
4
9
9

(
1
9
.
6
)
5
2
2

(
2
0
.
6
)
1
2

(
0
.
4
7
)
7 (0.3)
307 (12.1)
2 (0.08)
4
1 2 3
5 6
7 8 9
+/- 0
P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
8
MOVIDRIVE

8.7.8 Size 5
2058963851
280 (11.0)
140 (5.51)
5
9
0

(
2
3
.
2
)
6
1
0

(
2
4
.
0
)
9

(
0
.
4
)
7 (0.3)
2 (0.08)
330 (13.0)
4
1 2 3
5 6
7 8 9
+/- 0
P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
8
MOVIDRIVE

8.7.9 Size 6
2058967435
140 (5.51)
280 (11.0)
1
0
0
0

(
3
9
.
3
7
)
2
0

(
0
.
7
9
)
4
0
2
3
0

(
9
.
0
6
)
2
3
0

(
9
.
0
6
)
2
3
0

(
9
.
0
6
)
2
3
0

(
9
.
0
6
)
9
7
0

(
3
8
.
2
)
11 (0.43)
294 (11.6)
9 (0.4)
2 (0.08)
382 (15.0)
318 (12.5)
(
1
.
6
)
P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
8
MOVIDRIVE

8.7.10 Size 7
2058967435
700 (27.6)
1
4
9
0

(
5
8
.
7
)
225 (8.86)
575 (22.6)
1
5

(
0
.
5
9
)
10
(0.39)
473(18.62)
P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
8
Technical data for options DEH11B, DEH21B, DEU21B, DER11B, BW...-T/...-
8.8 Technical data for options DEH11B, DEH21B, DEU21B, DER11B, BW...-T/...-P
8.8.1 "HIPERFACE
encoder card type DEH11B" option

8.8.2 "Encoder card type DEH21B" option
Option DEH11B
2058970635
Output for incremental
encoder simulation or
Input for external encoder
X14:
simulation:
The number of pulses at X14 cor-
responds to the number of pulses
at X15 motor encoder input
External encoder input (max. 200 kHz):
Permitted encoder types:
HIPERFACE
encoder
sin/cos encoder AC 1 V
pp
TTL encoder with negated tracks
Encoder with signal level to RS422
Encoder power supply:
DC+12 V
1)
(tolerance range DC 10.5 - 13 V)
I
max
= DC 650 mA
1) Total current load of DC 12 V encoder supply DC 650 mA.
Motor encoder input X15: Permitted encoder types:
HIPERFACE
encoder
pp
Permitted PPR count: 128/256/512/1024/2048
DC+12 V
1)
I
max
= DC 650 mA
DEH21B option
2058987019
Encoder input X62: SSI encoder input
Motor encoder input X15: Permitted encoder types:
HIPERFACE
encoder
pp
Permitted PPR count: 128/256/512/1024/2048
DC+12 V
1)
I
max
= DC 650 mA
External power supply con-
nection X60:
24VIN: DC 24 V power supply for encoder connected to X62
P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
8
Technical data for options DEH11B, DEH21B, DEU21B, DER11B, BW...-T/...-
8.8.3 "Encoder card type DEU21B" option
8.8.4 "Resolver card type DER11B" option
DEU21B option
External encoder connection X14:
Output for incremental encoder simu-
lation:
The number of pulses is the same
as on X15 motor encoder input
HIPERFACE
encoders
pp
CANopen encoder
HTL encoder
SSI encoder
SSI combination encoder
EnDat encoder
Permitted PPR count: 2-4096 increments
1)
1)
1) The maximum load on X14:13 and X15:13 is DC 650 mA in total. If the overall unit load on the 24 V level exceeds 400 mA, you must
connect an external DC 24 V supply to X10:9/X10:10. Observe the "Project planning" chapter in the MOVIDRIVE
MDX60B/61B sys-
tem manual.
Motor encoder connection X15: Permitted encoder types:
HIPERFACE
encoders
pp
HTL encoder
SSI encoder
SSI combination encoder
EnDat encoder
Permitted PPR count: 2-4096 increments
DC 24 V voltage supply
1)
DC 12 V voltage supply
1)
DER11B option
2058990603
Output for incremental
encoder simulation or
external encoder input
X14:
simulation:
The number of pulses is 1024
pulses/revolution
External encoder input (max. 200 kHz):
HIPERFACE
encoder
pp
DC+12 V
1)
I
max
= DC 650 mA
Motor encoder input X15: Resolver
2-pole, U
ref
= AC 7 V
eff
, 7 kHz
U
in
/ U
ref
= 0.5
DEU 21B
P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
8
Technical data of DIO11B and DFC11B options
8.8.5 "BW...-T / BW...-P braking resistor" option
8.9 Technical data of DIO11B and DFC11B options
8.9.1 "Input/output card type DIO11B" option
BW...-T / BW...-P braking resistor
Connection cross section for signal contact 1 x 2.5 mm
2
Switching capability of the thermostat's signal contact DC 2 A / DC 24 V (DC11)
AC 2 A / AC 230V (AC11)
Switching contact According to EN 61800-5-1
Option DIO11B
2058995467
Setpoint input n2 X20:1/X20:2 AI21/AI22: Voltage input
Differential input or input with AGND reference potential
AI21/AI22 operating mode
Resolution
Internal resistance
n2 = DC 0...+10 V or DC -10 V...0...+10 V
12 bit, sampling time 1 ms
R
i
> 40 k
Analog outputs X21:1/X21:4
X21:2/X21:5
Response time
Resolution
AOV1/AOV2: Voltage outputs DC-10 V...0...+10 V, I
max
= DC 10 mA, short-
circuit proof and protected against external voltage to DC 30 V, selection
option parameter menu P64_
AOC1/AOC2: Current outputs DC 0(4)...20 mA, short-circuit proof and pro-
tected against external voltage to DC 30 V, selection option parameter
menu P64_
5 ms
12 bit
Binary inputs
X22:1...X22:8
Internal resistance
Isolated (optocoupler), PLC compatible (EN 61131)
DI1...DI17
R
i
3 k, I
E
DC 10 mA
Sampling interval 1 ms
Signal level
DC+13 V...+30 V= "1" = Contact closed
Complies with EN 61131
Function X22:1...X22:8 DI10...DI17: Selection option Parameter menu P61_
Binary outputs X23:1...X23:8 DO1...DO17: PLC-compatible (EN 61131-2), response time 1 ms
Signal level "0" = DC 0 V "1" = DC+24 V
Function X23:1...X23:8 DO10...DO17: Selection option Parameter menu P63_,
I
max
= DC 50 mA, short-circuit proof and protected against external voltage to
DC 30 V
Reference terminals X20:3/X21:3/
X21:6
X22:9
X22:10
AGND: Reference potential for analog signals (AI21/AI22/AO_1/AO_2)
DCOM: Reference potential for binary inputs X22:1...X22:8 (DI1...DI17)
DGND: Reference potential for binary signals, reference potential for DC 24
V supply
Voltage input X23:9 24VIN: Supply voltage DC +24 V for binary outputs DO1...DO17
Permitted line cross section
2
(AWG 28...16)
Two cores per terminal: 0.25...1 mm
2
(AWG 22...17)
P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
8
Technical data of DIO11B and DFC11B options
8.9.2 "CAN-Bus interface type DFC11B" option
DFC11B option
2058998539
Communication profile SEW-MOVILINK
CANopen
CAN Layer 2
Number of process data words 1 ... 10 process data words
Baud rate Setting using parameter P894:
125 kbaud / 250 kbaud / 500 kbaud / 1 Mbaud
Connection technology Sub-D9 plug connector X30 (plug assigned to CIA standard) or
via terminal X31
Permitted line cross section X31
(CAN-Bus connection)
One core per terminal: 0.20 ... 2.5 mm
2
(AWG24 ... 12)
Two cores per terminal: 0.25 ...1 mm
2
(AWG22 ... 17)
Terminating resistor 120 (set using DIP switch S1-R)
Addressing Setting via parameter P891 (SBus MOVILINK) or P896 (CANopen)
Tools for startup MOVITOOLS
MotionStudio software
DBG60B keypad
P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
9
MOVIDRIVE
Declarations of Conformity
9 Declarations of Conformity
9.1 MOVIDRIVE
EC Declaration of Conformity
Bruchsal
Johann Soder
Place Date Managing Director Technology a) b)
a) Authorized representative for issuing this declaration on behalf of the manufacturer
b) Authorized representative for compiling the technical documents
900230010
11.12.09
SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Ernst-BIickIe-Strae 42, D-76646 BruchsaI
decIares under soIe responsibiIity that the
frequency inverters of the series MOVIDRIVE
B
are in conformity with
Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC 1)
Low VoItage Directive 2006/95/EC
EMC Directive 2004/108/EC 4)
appIied harmonized standards EN 13849-1:2008 5)
EN 61800-5-1:2007
EN 61800-3:2007
1) These products are intended for installation in machines. Startup is prohibited until it has been
established that the machinery into which these products are to be incorporated complies with the
provisions of the aforementioned Machinery Directive.
4) According to the EMC Directive, the listed products are not independently operable products. EMC
assessment is only possible after these products have been integrated in an overall system. The
assessment was verified for a typical system constellation, but not for the individual product.
5) All safety-relevant requirements of the product-specific documentation (operating instructions,
manual, etc.) must be met over the entire product life cycle.
P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
9
MOVIDRIVE
with DFS11B/DFS21B
9.2 MOVIDRIVE
with DFS11B/DFS21B
Bruchsal
Johann Soder
900010010
11.12.09
B
with buiIt-in DFS11B PROFIsafe

DFS21B PROFIsafe

EN 62061: 2006
EN 61800-5-1:2007
EN 61800-3:2007
P
i
f
kVA
Hz
n
9
MOVIDRIVE
with DCS21B/DCS31B
9.3 MOVIDRIVE
with DCS21B/DCS31B
Bruchsal
Johann Soder
900020010
11.12.09
B
with buiIt-in DCS21B PROFIsafe

DCS31B
EN 61800-5-1:2007
EN 61800-3:2007
10
Address Directory
10 Address Directory

Germany
Headquarters
Production
Sales
Bruchsal SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Ernst-Blickle-Strae 42
D-76646 Bruchsal
P.O. Box
Postfach 3023 D-76642 Bruchsal
Tel. +49 7251 75-0
Fax +49 7251 75-1970
http://www.sew-eurodrive.de
sew@sew-eurodrive.de
Production Graben SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
D-76676 Graben-Neudorf
P.O. Box
Postfach 1220 D-76671 Graben-Neudorf
Tel. +49 7251 75-0
Fax +49 7251 75-2970
stringen SEW-EURODRIVE stringen GmbH
Franz-Gurk-Strae 2
D-76684 stringen
P.O. Box
Postfach 1174 D-76677 stringen
Tel. +49 7253 92540
Fax +49 7253 925490
oestringen@sew-eurodrive.de
Service Compe-
tence Center
Central SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
D-76676 Graben-Neudorf
Tel. +49 7251 75-1710
Fax +49 7251 75-1711
sc-mitte@sew-eurodrive.de
North SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Alte Ricklinger Strae 40-42
D-30823 Garbsen (near Hannover)
Tel. +49 5137 8798-30
Fax +49 5137 8798-55
sc-nord@sew-eurodrive.de
East SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Dnkritzer Weg 1
D-08393 Meerane (near Zwickau)
Tel. +49 3764 7606-0
Fax +49 3764 7606-30
sc-ost@sew-eurodrive.de
South SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Domagkstrae 5
D-85551 Kirchheim (near Mnchen)
Tel. +49 89 909552-10
Fax +49 89 909552-50
sc-sued@sew-eurodrive.de
West SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Siemensstrae 1
D-40764 Langenfeld (near Dsseldorf)
Tel. +49 2173 8507-30
Fax +49 2173 8507-55
sc-west@sew-eurodrive.de
Electronics SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
D-76646 Bruchsal
Tel. +49 7251 75-1780
Fax +49 7251 75-1769
sc-elektronik@sew-eurodrive.de
Drive Service Hotline / 24 Hour Service +49 180 5 SEWHELP
+49 180 5 7394357
Technical Offices Augsburg SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
August-Wessels-Strae 29
D-86156 Augsburg
Tel. +49 821 22779-10
Fax +49 821 22779-50
tb-augsburg@sew-eurodrive.de
Berlin SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Lilienthalstrae 3a
D-12529 Schnefeld
Tel. +49 306331131-30
Fax +49 306331131-36
tb-berlin@sew-eurodrive.de
Bodensee SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Burgbergring 91
D-88662 berlingen
Tel. +49 7551 9226-30
Fax +49 7551 9226-56
tb-bodensee@sew-eurodrive.de
Bremen SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Bornstr.19 ... 22
D-28195 Bremen
Tel. +49 421 33918-10
Fax +49 421 33918-22
tb-bremen@sew-eurodrive.de
Dortmund SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Hildastrae 10
D-44145 Dortmund
Tel. +49 231 912050-10
Fax +49 231 912050-20
tb-dortmund@sew-eurodrive.de
Dresden SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Hauptstrae 32
D-01445 Radebeul
Tel. +49 351 26338-0
Fax +49 351 26338-38
tb-dresden@sew-eurodrive.de
10
Address Directory
Erfurt SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Dubliner Strae 12
D-99091 Erfurt
Tel. +49 361 21709-70
Fax +49 361 21709-79
tb-erfurt@sew-eurodrive.de
Gstrow SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Am Gewerbegrund 3
D-18273 Gstrow
P.O. Box
Postfach 1216 D-18262 Gstrow
Tel. +49 3843 8557-80
Fax +49 3843 8557-88
tb-guestrow@sew-eurodrive.de
Hamburg SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Bramfelder Strae 119
D-22305 Hamburg
Tel. +49 40 298109-60
Fax +49 40 298109-70
tb-hamburg@sew-eurodrive.de
Hannover/Garb-
sen
Alte Ricklinger Str.40-42
D-30823 Garbsen
P.O. Box
Postfach 1104 53 D-30804 Garbsen
Tel. +49 5137 8798-10
Fax +49 5137 8798-50
tb-hannover@sew-eurodrive.de
Heilbronn SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Zeppelinstrae 7
D-74357 Bnnigheim
Tel. +49 7143 8738-0
Fax +49 7143 8738-25
tb-heilbronn@sew-eurodrive.de
Herford SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Radewiger Strae 21
D-32052 Herford
P.O. Box
Postfach 4108 D-32025 Herford
Tel. +49 5221 9141-0
Fax +49 5221 9141-20
tb-herford@sew-eurodrive.de
Karlsruhe SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Ettlinger Weg 2
D-76467 Bietigheim
P.O. Box
Postfach 43 D-76463 Bietigheim
Tel. +49 7245 9190-10
Fax +49 7245 9190-20
tb-karlsruhe@sew-eurodrive.de
Kassel SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Lange Strae 14
D-34253 Lohfelden
Tel. +49 561 95144-80
Fax +49 561 95144-90
tb-kassel@sew-eurodrive.de
Koblenz SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Bahnstrae 17a
D-56743 Mendig
Tel. +49 2652 9713-30
Fax +49 2652 9713-40
tb-koblenz@sew-eurodrive.de
Lahr SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Europastrae 3/1
D-77933 Lahr / Schwarzwald
Tel. +49 7821 90999-60
Fax +49 7821 90999-79
tb-lahr@sew-eurodrive.de
Langenfeld SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Siemensstrae 1
D-40764 Langenfeld
Tel. +49 2173 8507-10
Fax +49 2173 8507-50
tb-langenfeld@sew-eurodrive.de
Magdeburg SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Breiteweg 53
D-39179 Barleben
Tel. +49 39203 7577-1
Fax +49 39203 7577-9
tb-magdeburg@sew-eurodrive.de
Mannheim SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Besseltrae 26
D-68219 Mannheim
Tel. +49 621 71683-10
Fax +49 621 71683-22
tb-mannheim@sew-eurodrive.de
Mnchen SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Domagkstrae 5
D-85551 Kirchheim
Tel. +49 89 90955-110
Fax +49 89 90955-150
tb-muenchen@sew-eurodrive.de
Mnster SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Hafenplatz 4
D-48155 Mnster
Tel. +49 251 41475-11
Fax +49 251 41475-50
tb-muenster@sew-eurodrive.de
Nrnberg SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Plattenckerweg 6
D-90455 Nrnberg
Tel. +49 911 98884-50
Fax +49 911 98884-60
tb-nuernberg@sew-eurodrive.de
Germany
10
Address Directory
Regensburg SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Im Gewerbepark A15
D-93059 Regensburg
Tel. +49 941 46668-68
Fax +49 941 46668-66
tb-regensburg@sew-eurodrive.de
Rhein-Main SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Niederstedter Weg 5
D-61348 Bad Homburg
Tel. +49 6172 9617-0
Fax +49 6172 9617-50
tb-rheinmain@sew-eurodrive.de
Stuttgart SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Friedrich-List-Strae 46
D-70771 Leinfelden-Echterdingen
Tel. +49 711 16072-0
Fax +49 711 16072-72
tb-stuttgart@sew-eurodrive.de
Ulm SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Dieselstrae 14
D-89160 Dornstadt
Tel. +49 7348 9885-0
Fax +49 7348 9885-90
tb-ulm@sew-eurodrive.de
Wrzburg SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG
Nrnbergerstrae 118
D-97076 Wrzburg-Lengfeld
Tel. +49 931 27886-60
Fax +49 931 27886-66
tb-wuerzburg@sew-eurodrive.de
Zwickau / Meer-
ane
Dnkritzer Weg1
D-08393 Meerane
Tel. +49 3764 7606-0
Fax +49 3764 7606-20
tb-zwickau@sew-eurodrive.de
France
Production
Sales
Service
Haguenau SEW-USOCOME
48-54 route de Soufflenheim
B. P. 20185
F-67506 Haguenau Cedex
Tel. +33 3 88 73 67 00
Fax +33 3 88 73 66 00
http://www.usocome.com
sew@usocome.com
Production Forbach SEW-EUROCOME
Zone Industrielle
Technople Forbach Sud
B. P. 30269
F-57604 Forbach Cedex
Tel. +33 3 87 29 38 00
Assembly
Sales
Service
Bordeaux SEW-USOCOME
Parc d'activits de Magellan
62 avenue de Magellan - B. P. 182
F-33607 Pessac Cedex
Tel. +33 5 57 26 39 00
Fax +33 5 57 26 39 09
Lyon SEW-USOCOME
Parc d'Affaires Roosevelt
Rue Jacques Tati
F-69120 Vaulx en Velin
Tel. +33 4 72 15 37 00
Fax +33 4 72 15 37 15
Paris SEW-USOCOME
Zone industrielle
2 rue Denis Papin
F-77390 Verneuil I'Etang
Tel. +33 1 64 42 40 80
Fax +33 1 64 42 40 88
Technical Offices Alsace SEW-USOCOME
1 rue Auguste Gasser
F-68360 Soultz
Tel. +33 3 89 74 51 62
Fax +33 3 89 76 58 71
Aquitaine / Char-
entes
SEW-USOCOME
Parc d'activits de Magellan
62 avenue de Magellan
B. P. 182
F-33607 Pessac Cedex
Tel. +33 5 57 26 39 00
Fax +33 5 57 26 39 09
Auvergne / Lim-
ousin
SEW-USOCOME
27 avenue du Colombier
F-19150 Laguenne
Tel. +33 5 55 20 12 10
Fax +33 5 55 20 12 11
Basse-Nor-
mandie
SEW-USOCOME
5 rue de la Limare
F-14250 Brouay
Tel. +33 2 31 37 92 86
Fax +33 2 31 74 68 15
Germany
10
Address Directory
Bourgogne SEW-USOCOME
10 rue de la Poste
F-71350 Saint Loup Ganges
Tel. +33 3 85 49 92 18
Fax +33 3 85 49 92 19
Bretagne SEW-USOCOME
Le bois Foucaud
F-44270 Saint Mme Le Tenu
Tel. +33 2 28 21 12 52
Fax +33 2 28 21 12 84
Centre / Poitou SEW-USOCOME
18 avenue Andr Ampre
Appartement 14
F-37540 Saint Cyr sur Loire
Tel. +33 2 47 41 33 23
Fax +33 2 47 41 34 03
Champagne-
Ardenne
SEW-USOCOME
Impasse des Ouises
F-10120 Saint Andr les Vergers
Tel. +33 3 25 79 63 24
Fax +33 3 25 79 63 25
Franche-Comt SEW-USOCOME
5 route de Besanon
Maison B
F-25870 Devecey
Tel. +33 3 81 60 20 47
Fax +33 3 81 87 75 93
Ile-de-France est
/ Somme
SEW-USOCOME
45 rue des Cinelles
F-77700 Bailly Romainvilliers
Tel. +33 1 64 17 02 47
Fax +33 1 64 17 66 49
Ile-de-France
nord / Picardie
SEW-USOCOME
25bis rue Klber
F-92300 Levallois Perret
Tel. +33 1 41 05 92 74
Fax +33 1 41 05 92 75
Ile-de-France
sud
SEW-USOCOME
6 chemin des Bergers
Lieu-dit Marchais
F-91410 Roinville sous Dourdan
Tel. +33 1 60 81 10 56
Fax +33 1 60 81 10 57
Lorraine /
Alsace nord
SEW-USOCOME
1 rue de la Fort
F-54250 Champigneulles
Tel. +33 3 83 96 28 04
Fax +33 3 83 96 28 07
Midi-Pyrnes /
Roussillon
SEW-USOCOME
179 route de Grazac
F-31190 Caujac
Tel. +33 5 61 08 15 85
Fax +33 5 61 08 16 44
Nord-Pas de
Calais
SEW-USOCOME
209 route dHesdigneul
F-62360 Hesdin lAbb
Tel. +33 3 21 10 86 86
Fax +33 3 21 10 86 87
Paris / Ile-de-
France ouest
SEW-USOCOME
42 avenue Jean Jaurs
F-78580 Maule
Tel. +33 1 30 90 89 86
Fax +33 1 30 90 93 15
Pays de la Loire SEW-USOCOME
4 rue des Chtaigniers
F-44830 Brains
Tel. +33 2 51 70 54 04
Fax +33 2 51 70 54 05
Provence-Alpes-
Cte dAzur
SEW-USOCOME
Rsidence Les Hesprides Bt. B2
67 boulevard des Alpes
F-13012 Marseille
Tel. +33 4 91 18 00 11
Fax +33 4 91 18 00 12
Rhne-Alpes est SEW-USOCOME
Monte de la Garenne
F-26750 Gnissieux
Tel. +33 4 75 05 65 95
Fax +33 4 75 05 65 96
Rhne-Alpes
nord
SEW-USOCOME
Rue Jacques Tati
Tel. +33 4 72 15 37 03
Fax +33 4 72 15 37 15
France
10
Address Directory
Rhne-Alpes
ouest
SEW-USOCOME
Rue Jacques Tati
Tel. +33 4 72 15 37 04
Fax +33 4 72 15 37 15
Algeria
Sales Alger Rducom
16, rue des Frres Zaghnoun
Bellevue El-Harrach
16200 Alger
Tel. +213 21 8222-84
Fax +213 21 8222-84
reducom_sew@yahoo.fr
Argentina
Assembly
Sales
Service
Buenos Aires SEW EURODRIVE ARGENTINA S.A.
Centro Industrial Garin, Lote 35
Ruta Panamericana Km 37,5
1619 Garin
Tel. +54 3327 4572-84
Fax +54 3327 4572-21
sewar@sew-eurodrive.com.ar
http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.ar
Australia
Assembly
Sales
Service
Melbourne SEW-EURODRIVE PTY. LTD.
27 Beverage Drive
Tullamarine, Victoria 3043
Tel. +61 3 9933-1000
Fax +61 3 9933-1003
http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.au
enquires@sew-eurodrive.com.au
Sydney SEW-EURODRIVE PTY. LTD.
9, Sleigh Place, Wetherill Park
New South Wales, 2164
Tel. +61 2 9725-9900
Fax +61 2 9725-9905
Sales
Service
Adelaide SEW-EURODRIVE PTY. LTD.
9C Park Way
Mawson Lakes, SA 5095
Tel. +61 8 8161 4000
Fax +61 8 8161 4002
Brisbane SEW-EURODRIVE PTY.LTD.
1 /34 Collinsvale St
Rocklea, Queensland, 4106
Tel. +61 7 3276 5100
Fax +61 7 3276 5102
Perth SEW-EURODRIVE PTY. LTD.
105 Robinson Avenue
Belmont, W.A. 6104
Tel. +61 8 9478-2688
Fax +61 8 9277-7572
Technical Office Townsville SEW-EURODRIVE PTY. LTD.
12 Leyland Street
Garbutt, QLD 4814
Tel. +61 7 4779 4333
Fax +61 7 4779 5333
Austria
Assembly
Sales
Service
Wien SEW-EURODRIVE Ges.m.b.H.
Richard-Strauss-Strasse 24
A-1230 Wien
Tel. +43 1 617 55 00-0
Fax +43 1 617 55 00-30
http://www.sew-eurodrive.at
sew@sew-eurodrive.at
Technical Offices Linz SEW-EURODRIVE Ges.m.b.H.
Reuchlinstr. 6/3
A-4020 Linz
Tel. +43 732 655 109-0
Fax +43 732 655 109-20
tb-linz@sew-eurodrive.at
Graz SEW-EURODRIVE Ges.m.b.H.
Grabenstrae 231
A-8045 Graz
Tel. +43 316 685 756-0
Fax +43 316 685 755
tb-graz@sew-eurodrive.at
Dornbirn SEW-EURODRIVE Ges.m.b.H.
Lustenauerstrae 27/1
A-6850 Dornbirn
Tel. +43 5572 3799-0
Fax +43 5572 3725 99-20
tb-dornbirn@sew-eurodrive.at
Bangladesh
Sales Dhaka Jainex Industrial and Engineering Ltd
B 12 Apon Nibash
East Nasirabad
Bangladesh
Tel. +880 1713103502
Fax +880 31 613041
jainexbd@onlinectg.net
France
10
Address Directory
Belarus
Sales Minsk SEW-EURODRIVE BY
RybalkoStr. 26
BY-220033 Minsk
Tel.+375 (17) 298 38 50
Fax +375 (17) 29838 50
sales@sew.by
Belgium
Assembly
Sales
Service
Brssel SEW Caron-Vector
Avenue Eiffel 5
B-1300 Wavre
Tel. +32 10 231-311
Fax +32 10 231-336
http://www.sew-eurodrive.be
info@caron-vector.be
Service Compe-
tence Center
Industrial Gears SEW Caron-Vector
Rue de Parc Industriel, 31
BE-6900 Marche-en-Famenne
Tel. +32 84 219-878
Fax +32 84 219-879
service-wallonie@sew-eurodrive.be
Antwerp SEW Caron-Vector
Glasstraat, 19
BE-2170 Merksem
Tel. +32 3 64 19 333
Fax +32 3 64 19 336
service-antwerpen@sew-eurodrive.be
Brazil
Production
Sales
Service
Sao Paulo SEW-EURODRIVE Brasil Ltda.
Avenida Amncio Gaiolli, 152 - Rodovia Presi-
dente Dutra Km 208
Guarulhos - 07251-250 - SP
SAT - SEW ATENDE - 0800 7700496
Tel. +55 11 2489-9133
Fax +55 11 2480-3328
http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.br
sew@sew.com.br
Bulgaria
Sales Sofia BEVER-DRIVE GmbH
Bogdanovetz Str.1
BG-1606 Sofia
Tel. +359 2 9151160
Fax +359 2 9151166
bever@fastbg.net
Cameroon
Sales Douala Electro-Services
Rue Drouot Akwa
B.P. 2024
Douala
Tel. +237 33 431137
Fax +237 33 431137
Canada
Assembly
Sales
Service
Toronto SEW-EURODRIVE CO. OF CANADA LTD.
210 Walker Drive
Bramalea, ON L6T 3W1
Tel. +1 905 791-1553
Fax +1 905 791-2999
http://www.sew-eurodrive.ca
l.watson@sew-eurodrive.ca
Vancouver SEW-EURODRIVE CO. OF CANADA LTD.
Tilbury Industrial Park
7188 Honeyman Street
Delta, BC V4G 1G1
Tel. +1 604 946-5535
Fax +1 604 946-2513
b.wake@sew- eurodrive.ca
Montreal SEW-EURODRIVE CO. OF CANADA LTD.
2555 Rue Leger
Lasalle, PQ H8N 2V9
Tel. +1 514 367-1124
Fax +1 514 367-3677
a.peluso@sew- eurodrive.ca
Additional addresses for service in Canada provided on request!
Chile
Assembly
Sales
Service
Santiago de
Chile
SEW-EURODRIVE CHILE LTDA.
Las Encinas 1295
Parque Industrial Valle Grande
LAMPA
RCH-Santiago de Chile
P.O. Box
Casilla 23 Correo Quilicura - Santiago - Chile
Tel. +56 2 75770-00
Fax +56 2 75770-01
http://www.sew-eurodrive.cl
ventas@sew-eurodrive.cl
10
Address Directory
China
Production
Assembly
Sales
Service
Tianjin SEW-EURODRIVE (Tianjin) Co., Ltd.
No. 46, 7th Avenue, TEDA
Tianjin 300457
Tel. +86 22 25322612
Fax +86 22 25322611
info@sew-eurodrive.cn
http://www.sew-eurodrive.cn
Assembly
Sales
Service
Suzhou SEW-EURODRIVE (Suzhou) Co., Ltd.
333, Suhong Middle Road
Suzhou Industrial Park
Jiangsu Province, 215021
Tel. +86 512 62581781
Fax +86 512 62581783
suzhou@sew-eurodrive.cn
Guangzhou SEW-EURODRIVE (Guangzhou) Co., Ltd.
No. 9, JunDa Road
East Section of GETDD
Guangzhou 510530
Tel. +86 20 82267890
Fax +86 20 82267891
guangzhou@sew-eurodrive.cn
Shenyang SEW-EURODRIVE (Shenyang) Co., Ltd.
10A-2, 6th Road
Shenyang Economic Technological Develop-
ment Area
Shenyang, 110141
Tel. +86 24 25382538
Fax +86 24 25382580
shenyang@sew-eurodrive.cn
Wuhan SEW-EURODRIVE (Wuhan) Co., Ltd.
10A-2, 6th Road
No. 59, the 4th Quanli Road, WEDA
430056 Wuhan
Tel. +86 27 84478398
Fax +86 27 84478388
Xi'An SEW-EURODRIVE (Xi'An) Co., Ltd.
No. 12 Jinye 2nd Road
Xi'An High-Technology Industrial Development
Zone
Xi'An 710065
Tel. +86 29 88241718
Fax +86 29 68686296
logistic-xa@sew-eurodrive.cn
Colombia
Assembly
Sales
Service
Bogot SEW-EURODRIVE COLOMBIA LTDA.
Calle 22 No. 132-60
Bodega 6, Manzana B
Santaf de Bogot
Tel. +57 1 54750-50
Fax +57 1 54750-44
http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.co
sewcol@sew-eurodrive.com.co
Croatia
Sales
Service
Zagreb KOMPEKS d. o. o.
PIT Erddy 4 II
HR 10 000 Zagreb
Tel. +385 1 4613-158
Fax +385 1 4613-158
kompeks@inet.hr
Czech Republic
Sales Praha SEW-EURODRIVE CZ S.R.O.
Business Centrum Praha
Lun 591
CZ-16000 Praha 6 - Vokovice
Tel. +420 255 709 601
Fax +420 220 121 237
http://www.sew-eurodrive.cz
sew@sew-eurodrive.cz
Technical Offices Brno SEW-EURODRIVE CZ S.R.O.
Kenov 52
CZ -60200 Brno
Tel. +420 543 256 151 +420 543 256
163
Fax +420 543 256 845
Hradec Krlov SEW-EURODRIVE CZ S.R.O.
echova 498
CZ-50202 Hradec Krlov
Tel. +420 495 510 141
Fax +420 495 521 313
Plze SEW-EURODRIVE CZ S.R.O.
Areal KRPA a.s.
Zahradni 173/2
CZ-32600 Plze
Tel. +420 378 775 300
Fax +420 377 970 710
Ostrava SEW-EURODRIVE CZ S.R.O.
Studensk 6202/17
CZ-708 00 Ostrava-Poruba
Tel. +420 738 339 044
Mobile +420 724 889 965
10
Address Directory
Klatovy SEW-EURODRIVE CZ S.R.O.
Technick kancel Klatovy
Domalick 800
CZ-33901 Klatovy
Tel. +420 376 310 729
Fax +420 376 310 725
Denmark
Assembly
Sales
Service
Kopenhagen SEW-EURODRIVEA/S
Geminivej 28-30
DK-2670 Greve
Tel. +45 43 9585-00
Fax +45 43 9585-09
http://www.sew-eurodrive.dk
sew@sew-eurodrive.dk
Egypt
Sales
Service
Cairo Copam Egypt
for Engineering & Agencies
33 EI Hegaz ST, Heliopolis, Cairo
Tel. +20 2 22566-299 + 1 23143088
Fax +20 2 22594-757
http://www.copam-egypt.com/
copam@datum.com.eg
Service Sharjah Copam Middle East (FZC)
Sharjah Airport International Free Zone
P.O. Box 120709
Sharjah
United Arabian Emirates
Tel. +971 6 5578-488
Fax +971 6 5578-499
copam_me@eim.ae
Estonia
Sales Tallin ALAS-KUUL AS
Reti tee 4
EE-75301 Peetri kla, Rae vald, Harjumaa
Tel. +372 6593230
Fax +372 6593231
veiko.soots@alas-kuul.ee
Finland
Assembly
Sales
Service
Lahti SEW-EURODRIVE OY
Vesimentie 4
FIN-15860 Hollola 2
Tel. +358 201 589-300
Fax +358 3 780-6211
sew@sew.fi
http://www.sew-eurodrive.fi
Technical Offices Helsinki SEW-EURODRIVE OY
Luutnantintie 5
FIN-00410 Helsinki
Tel. +358 201 589-300
Fax + 358 9 5666-311
sew@sew.fi
Vaasa SEW-EURODRIVE OY
Hietasaarenkatu 18
FIN-65100 Vaasa
Tel. +358 201 589-300
Fax +358 6 3127-470
sew@sew.fi
Rovaniemi SEW-EURODRIVE OY
Valtakatu 4 A
FIN-96100 Rovaniemi
Tel. +358 201 589-300
Fax +358 201 589-239
sew@sew.fi
Production
Assembly
Karkkila SEW Industrial Gears Oy
Valurinkatu 6, PL 8
FI-03600 Karkkila, 03601 Karkkila
Tel. +358 201 589-300
Fax +358 201 589-310
sew@sew.fi
http://www.sew-eurodrive.fi
Gabon
Sales Libreville ESG Electro Services Gabun
Feu Rouge Lalala
1889 Libreville
Gabun
Tel. +241 741059
Fax +241 741059
Great Britain
Assembly
Sales
Service
Normanton SEW-EURODRIVE Ltd.
Beckbridge Industrial Estate
P.O. Box No.1
GB-Normanton, West- Yorkshire WF6 1QR
Tel. +44 1924 893-855
Fax +44 1924 893-702
http://www.sew-eurodrive.co.uk
info@sew-eurodrive.co.uk
Czech Republic
10
Address Directory
Technical Offices London SEW-EURODRIVE Ltd.
764 Finchely Road, Temple Fortune
GB-London N.W.11 7TH
Tel. +44 20 8458-8949
Fax +44 20 8458-7417
Midlands SEW-EURODRIVE Ltd.
5 Sugar Brook court,
Aston Road,
Bromsgrove, Worcs
B60 3EX
Tel. +44 1527 877-319
Fax +44 1527 575-245
Scotland SEW-EURODRIVE Ltd.
Scottish Office
No 37 Enterprise House
Springkerse Business Park
GB-Stirling FK7 7UF Scotland
Tel. +44 17 8647-8730
Fax +44 17 8645-0223
Northern Ireland Heyn Engineering (NI) Ltd.
1 Corry Place,
Belfast, BT3 9AH
Tel. +44 02890350022
Fax +44 02890350012
info@heyn.co.uk
http://www.heyn.co.uk
Greece
Sales
Service
Athen Christ. Boznos & Son S.A.
12, Mavromichali Street
P.O. Box 80136, GR-18545 Piraeus
Tel. +30 2 1042 251-34
Fax +30 2 1042 251-59
http://www.boznos.gr
info@boznos.gr
Technical Office Thessaloniki Christ. Boznos & Son S.A.
Asklipiou 26
562 24 Evosmos, Thessaloniki
Tel. +30 2 310 7054-00
Fax +30 2 310 7055-15
info@boznos.gr
Hong Kong
Assembly
Sales
Service
Hong Kong SEW-EURODRIVE LTD.
Unit No. 801-806, 8th Floor
Hong Leong Industrial Complex
No. 4, Wang Kwong Road
Kowloon, Hong Kong
Tel. +852 36902200
Fax +852 36902211
contact@sew-eurodrive.hk
Hungary
Sales
Service
Budapest SEW-EURODRIVE Kft.
H-1037 Budapest
Kunigunda u. 18
Tel. +36 1 437 06-58
Fax +36 1 437 06-50
office@sew-eurodrive.hu
Iceland
Sales Reykjavik Vlaverk ehf.
Bolholti 8, 3h.
IS - 105 Reykjavik
Tel. +354 568 3536
Fax +354 568 3537
velaverk@velaverk.is
India
Registered Office
Assembly
Sales
Service
Vadodara SEW-EURODRIVE India Private Limited
Plot No. 4, GIDC
POR Ramangamdi Vadodara - 391 243
Gujarat
Tel. +91 265 3045200, +91 265
2831086
Fax +91 265 3045300, +91 265
2831087
http://www.seweurodriveindia.com
sales@seweurodriveindia.com
subodh.ladwa@seweurodriveindia.com
Assembly
Sales
Service
Chennai SEW-EURODRIVE India Private Limited
Plot No. K3/1, Sipcot Industrial Park Phase II
Mambakkam Village
Sriperumbudur - 602105
Kancheepuram Dist, Tamil Nadu
Tel. +91 44 37188888
Fax +91 44 37188811
c.v.shivkumar@seweurodriveindia.com
Great Britain
10
Address Directory
Technical Offices Ahmedabad SEW-EURODRIVE India Private Limited
306, Shaan office complex, Behind Sakar-IV,
Ellisebridge, Ashram Road
Ahmedabad Gujarat
Tel. +91 79 40072067/68
Fax +91 79 40072069
bankim.barot@seweurodriveindia.com
Bengaluru SEW-EURODRIVE India Private Limited
308, Prestige Centre Point
7, Edward Road
Bengaluru - 560052 - Karnataka
Tel. +91 80 22266565
Fax +91 80 22266569
salesbang@seweurodriveindia.com
ganesh@seweurodriveindia.com
Chandigarh SEW EURODRIVE India Private Limited
Sujit Kumar Mishra
H.No.5464/3 Modern Housing Complex
Manimajra
Chandigarh -160101
Tel. +91 9878469579
Fax +91 1722738664
saleschand@seweurodriveindia.com
Chennai SEW-EURODRIVE India Private Limited
2nd Floor, Josmans Complex,
No. 5, McNichols Road,
Chetpet
Chennai - 600031 - Tamil Nadu
Tel. +91 44 42849813
Fax +91 44 42849816
saleschen@seweurodriveindia.com
c.v.shivkumar@seweurodriveindia.com
Coimbatore SEW-EURODRIVE India Private Limited
Office No 60
Arpee Centre (Opp Annapoorna Hotel)
420 N, NSR Road, Saibaba Colony
Coimbatore 641 0111 - Tamil Nadu
Tel. +91 422 2455420
Fax +91 422 2443988
salescmb@seweurodriveindia.com
p.selvakumar@seweurodriveindia.com
Cuttack SEW-EURODRIVE India Private Limited
Plot No.- 1764,
Nuasahi, Nayapalli
Bhubaneswar-12
Orissa
Tel. +91 9937446333
manoranjan.sahoo@seweurodrivein-
dia.com
Hyderabad SEW-EURODRIVE India Private Limited
408, 4th Floor, Meridian Place
Green Park Road
Amerpeet
Hyderabad - 500016 - Andhra Pradesh
Tel. +91 40 23414698
Fax +91 40 23413884
saleshyd@seweurodriveindia.com
ma.choudary@seweurodriveindia.com
Jamshedpur SEW-EURODRIVE India Private Limited
Flat No.: B/2, B.S. Apartment
Road No.: 4, Contractors area,
Bistupur
Jamshedpur 831 001 - Chhattisgarh
Tel. +91 9934123671
siddaratha.mishra@seweurodrivein-
dia.com
Kolkata SEW EURODRIVE India Private Limited
2nd floor, Room No. 35
Chowringhee Court
55, Chowringhee Road
Kolkata - 700 071 - West Bengal
Tel. +91 33 22827457
Fax +91 33 22894204
saleskal@seweurodriveindia.com
a.j.biswas@seweurodriveindia.com
Lucknow SEW-EURODRIVE India Private Limited
69, Shiv Vihar Colony
Vikas Nagar-5
Lucknow 226022 - Uttar Pradesh
Tel. +91 9793627333
amit.nigam@seweurodriveindia.com
Madgaon SEW-EURODRIVE India Private Limited
Flat No.-G1,
Shivas-Laxmi Prasad Co-Operative Housing
Society,
Padmanarayan Estate,
Near Jivottaam Math,
Gagole Madgao, Goa - 403 602
samrat.chakravorty@seweurodrivein-
dia.com
India
10
Address Directory
Mumbai SEW-EURODRIVE India Private Limited
312 A, 3rd Floor, Acme Plaza, J.B. Nagar,
Andheri Kurla Road, Andheri (E)
Mumbai - 400059 - Maharashtra
Tel. +91 22 28348440
Fax +91 22 28217858
salesmumbai@seweurodriveindia.com
p.s.ray@seweurodriveindia.com
New Delhi SEW-EURODRIVE India Private Limited
418-419, Suneja Tower-1
District Centre, Janak Puri
New Delhi 110 058
Tel. +91 11 25544111
Fax +91 11 25544113
salesdelhi@seweurodriveindia.com
vikram.juneja@seweurodriveindia.com
Pune SEW-EURODRIVE India Private Limited
Lunawat Prism 4th floor, S. No. 148,
Neena Co-Operative Housing Society, Paud
Road,
Pune 411038 - Maharashtra
Tel. +91 20 25380730 / 735
Fax +91 20 25380721
salespune@seweurodriveindia.com
praveen.hosur@seweurodriveindia.com
Raipur SEW-EURODRIVE India Private Limited
A-42, Ashoka Millenium Complex,
Ring Road-1,
Raipur 492 001 - Chhattisgarh
Tel. +91 771 4090765
Fax +91 771 4090765
sutanu.sarkar@seweurodriveindia.com
Indonesia
Represented by Singapore SEW-EURODRIVE PTE. LTD.
No 9, Tuas Drive 2
Jurong Industrial Estate
Singapore 638644
Tel. +65 68621701
Fax +65 68612827
http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.sg
sewsingapore@sew-eurodrive.com
Ireland
Sales
Service
Dublin Alperton Engineering Ltd.
48 Moyle Road
Dublin Industrial Estate
Glasnevin, Dublin 11
Tel. +353 1 830-6277
Fax +353 1 830-6458
info@alperton.ie
http://www.alperton.ie
Israel
Sales Tel-Aviv Liraz Handasa Ltd.
Ahofer Str 34B / 228
58858 Holon
Tel. +972 3 5599511
Fax +972 3 5599512
http://www.liraz-handasa.co.il
office@liraz-handasa.co.il
Italy
Assembly
Sales
Service
Milano SEW-EURODRIVE di R. Blickle & Co.s.a.s.
Via Bernini,14
I-20020 Solaro (Milano)
Tel. +39 02 96 9801
Fax +39 02 96 799781
http://www.sew-eurodrive.it
sewit@sew-eurodrive.it
Technical Offices Bologna SEW-EURODRIVE di R. Blickle & Co.s.a.s.
Via della Grafica, 47
I-40064 Ozzano dell'Emilia (Bo)
Tel. +39 051 65-23-801
Fax +39 051 796-595
Caserta SEW-EURODRIVE di R. Blickle & Co.s.a.s.
Viale Carlo III Km. 23,300
I-81020 S. Nicola la Strada (Caserta)
Tel. +39 0823 219011
Fax +39 0823 421414
Pescara SEW-EURODRIVE di R. Blickle & Co.s.a.s.
Viale Europa,132
I-65010 Villa Raspa di Spoltore (PE)
Tel. +39 085 41-59-427
Fax +39 085 41-59-643
Torino SEW-EURODRIVE di R. Blickle & Co.s.a.s.
Filiale Torino
c.so Unione Sovietica 612/15 - int. C
I-10135 Torino
Tel. +39 011 3473780
Fax +39 011 3473783
Verona SEW-EURODRIVE di R. Blickle & Co.s.a.s.
Via P. Sgulmero, 27/A
I-37132 Verona
Tel. +39 045 89-239-11
Fax +39 045 97-6079
India
10
Address Directory
Ivory Coast
Sales Abidjan SICA
Ste industrielle et commerciale pour l'Afrique
165, Bld de Marseille
B.P. 2323, Abidjan 08
Tel. +225 2579-44
Fax +225 2584-36
Japan
Assembly
Sales
Service
Iwata SEW-EURODRIVE JAPAN CO., LTD
250-1, Shimoman-no,
Iwata
Shizuoka 438-0818
Tel. +81 538 373811
Fax +81 538 373814
http://www.sew-eurodrive.co.jp
sewjapan@sew-eurodrive.co.jp
Technical Offices Fukuoka SEW-EURODRIVE JAPAN CO., LTD.
C-go, 5th-floor, Yakuin-Hiruzu-Bldg.
1-5-11, Yakuin, Chuo-ku
Fukuoka, 810-0022
Tel. +81 92 713-6955
Fax +81 92 713-6860
sewkyushu@jasmine.ocn.ne.jp
Osaka SEW-EURODRIVE JAPAN CO., LTD.
Higobashi Shimizu Bldg. 10th flor
1-3-7 Tosabori, Nishi-ku
Osaka, 550-0001
Tel. +81 6 6444--8330
Fax +81 6 6444--8338
sewosaka@crocus.ocn.ne.jp
Tokyo SEW-EURODRIVE JAPAN CO., LTD.
Omarimon Yusen Bldg. 13th floor
3-23-5 Nishinbashi, Minato-ku
Tokyo 105-0003
Tel. +81 3 3239-0469
Fax +81 3 3239-0943
sewtokyo@basil.ocn.ne.jp
Kazakhstan
Sales Almaty SEW-EURODRIVE LLP
Raimbek Ave. 348
KZ-050061 Almaty
Tel.+7 (727) 334 1880
Fax +7 (727) 334 1881
http://www.sew-eurodrive.kz
sew@sew-eurodrive.kz
Korea
Assembly
Sales
Service
Ansan-City SEW-EURODRIVE KOREA CO., LTD.
B 601-4, Banweol Industrial Estate
1048-4, Shingil-Dong
Ansan 425-120
Tel. +82 31 492-8051
Fax +82 31 492-8056
http://www.sew-korea.co.kr
master@sew-korea.co.kr
Busan SEW-EURODRIVE KOREA Co., Ltd.
No. 1720 - 11, Songjeong - dong
Gangseo-ku
Busan 618-270
Tel. +82 51 832-0204
Fax +82 51 832-0230
master@sew-korea.co.kr
Technical Offices Daegu SEW-EURODRIVE KOREA Co., Ltd.
No.1108 Sungan officetel
87-36, Duryu 2-dong, Dalseo-ku
Daegu 704-712
Tel. +82 53 650-7111
Fax +82 53 650-7112
DaeJeon SEW-EURODRIVE KOREA Co., Ltd.
No. 1502, Hongin officetel
536-9, Bongmyung-dong, Yusung-ku
Daejeon 305-301
Tel. +82 42 828-6461
Fax +82 42 828-6463
Kwangju SEW-EURODRIVE KOREA Co., Ltd.
4fl., Dae-Myeong B/D
96-16 Unam-dong, Buk-ku
Kwangju 500-170
Tel. +82 62 511-9172
Fax +82 62 511-9174
Seoul SEW-EURODRIVE KOREA Co., Ltd.
No.504 Sunkyung officetel
106-4 Kuro 6-dong, Kuro-ku
Seoul 152-054
Tel. +82 2 862-8051
Fax +82 2 862-8199
10
Address Directory
Latvia
Sales Riga SIA Alas-Kuul
Katlakalna 11C
LV-1073 Riga
Tel. +371 7139253
Fax +371 7139386
http://www.alas-kuul.com
info@alas-kuul.com
Lebanon
Sales Beirut Gabriel Acar & Fils sarl
B. P. 80484
Bourj Hammoud, Beirut
Tel. +961 1 4947-86
+961 1 4982-72
+961 3 2745-39
Fax +961 1 4949-71
ssacar@inco.com.lb
Beirut Middle East Drives S.A.L. (offshore)
Sin El Fil.
B. P. 55-378
Beirut
Tel. +961 1 494 786
Fax +961 1 494 971
philipppe.acar@medrives.com
Lithuania
Sales Alytus UAB Irseva
Naujoji 19
LT-62175 Alytus
Tel. +370 315 79204
Fax +370 315 56175
info@irseva.lt
http://www.sew-eurodrive.lt
Luxembourg
Assembly
Sales
Service
Brssel CARON-VECTOR S.A.
Avenue Eiffel 5
B-1300 Wavre
Tel. +32 10 231-311
Fax +32 10 231-336
http://www.sew-eurodrive.lu
info@caron-vector.be
Malaysia
Assembly
Sales
Service
Johore SEW-EURODRIVE SDN BHD
No. 95, Jalan Seroja 39, Taman Johor Jaya
81000 Johor Bahru, Johor
West Malaysia
Tel. +60 7 3549409
Fax +60 7 3541404
sales@sew-eurodrive.com.my
Technical Offices Kota Kinabalu SEW-EURODRIVE Sdn Bhd
(Kota Kinabalu Branch)
Lot No. 2,1st Floor, Inanam Baru
Phase III, Miles 5.1 /2, Jalan Tuaran, Inanam
89350 Kota Kinabalu
Sabah, Malaysia
Tel. +60 88 424792
Fax +60 88 424807
Kuala Lumpur SEW-EURODRIVE Sdn. Bhd.
No. 2, Jalan Anggerik Mokara 31/46
Kota Kemuning Seksyen 31
40460 Shah Alam
Selangor Darul Ehsan
Tel. +60 3 5229633
Fax +60 3 5229622
sewpjy@po.jaring.my
Kuching SEW-EURODRIVE Sdn. Bhd.
Lot 268, Section 9 KTLD
Lorong 9, Jalan Satok
93400 Kuching, Sarawak
East Malaysia
Tel. +60 82 232380
Fax +60 82 242380
Penang SEW-EURODRIVE Sdn. Bhd.
No. 38, Jalan Bawal
Kimsar Garden
13700 Prai, Penang
Tel. +60 4 3999349
Fax +60 4 3999348
seweurodrive@po.jaring.my
10
Address Directory
Mauritania
Sales Zourate AFRICOM - SARL
En Face March Dumez
P.B. 88
Zourate
Tel. +222 54 40134
Fax +222 54 40538
cybertiris@mauritel.mr
Mexico
Assembly
Sales
Service
Quretaro SEW-EURODRIVE MEXICO SA DE CV
SEM-981118-M93
Tequisquiapan No. 102
Parque Industrial Quretaro
C.P. 76220
Quretaro, Mxico
Tel. +52 442 1030-300
Fax +52 442 1030-301
http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.mx
scmexico@seweurodrive.com.mx
Morocco
Sales Casablanca Afit
5, rue Emir Abdelkader
MA 20300 Casablanca
Tel. +212 522618372
Fax +212 522618351
ali.alami@premium.net.ma
Netherlands
Assembly
Sales
Service
Rotterdam VECTOR Aandrijftechniek B.V.
Industrieweg 175
NL-3044 AS Rotterdam
Postbus 10085
NL-3004 AB Rotterdam
Tel. +31 10 4463-700
Fax +31 10 4155-552
http://www.vector.nu
info@vector.nu
VECTOR Aandrijftechniek B.V.
Gelderhorst 10
NL-7207 BH Zutphen
Industrieterrein de Revelhorst
Tel. +31 575 57 44 94
Fax +31 575 57 24 43
oost@vector.nu
Mercuriusweg 8A
NL-5971 LX Grubbenvorst
Tel. +31 77 36 61 873
Fax +31 77 36 62 109
zuid@vector.nu
Weberstraat 74
NL-1446 VV Purmerend
Industrieterrein "De Baanstee"
Tel. +31 299 66 63 38
Fax +31 299 47 60 55
noordwest@vector.nu
New Zealand
Assembly
Sales
Service
Auckland SEW-EURODRIVE NEW ZEALAND LTD.
P.O. Box 58-428
82 Greenmount drive
East Tamaki Auckland
Tel. +64 9 2745627
Fax +64 9 2740165
http://www.sew-eurodrive.co.nz
sales@sew-eurodrive.co.nz
Christchurch SEW-EURODRIVE NEW ZEALAND LTD.
10 Settlers Crescent, Ferrymead
Christchurch
Tel. +64 3 384-6251
Fax +64 3 384-6455
Technical Office Palmerston
North
SEW-EURODRIVE NEW ZEALAND LTD.
C/-Grant Shearman, RD 5, Aronui Road
Palmerston North
Tel. +64 6 355-2165
Fax +64 6 355-2316
Norway
Assembly
Sales
Service
Moss SEW-EURODRIVE A/S
Solgaard skog 71
N-1599 Moss
Tel. +47 69 24 10 20
Fax +47 69 24 10 40
http://www.sew-eurodrive.no
sew@sew-eurodrive.no
10
Address Directory
Peru
Assembly
Sales
Service
Lima SEW DEL PERU MOTORES REDUCTORES
S.A.C.
Los Calderos, 120-124
Urbanizacion Industrial Vulcano, ATE, Lima
Tel. +51 1 3495280
Fax +51 1 3493002
http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.pe
sewperu@sew-eurodrive.com.pe
Philippines
Represented by Singapore SEW-EURODRIVE PTE. LTD.
No 9, Tuas Drive 2
Singapore 638644
Tel. +65 68621701
Fax +65 68612827
Poland
Assembly
Sales
Service
Lodz SEW-EURODRIVE Polska Sp.z.o.o.
ul. Techniczna 5
PL-92-518 d
Tel. +48 42 676 53 00
Fax +48 42 676 53 45
http://www.sew-eurodrive.pl
sew@sew-eurodrive.pl
24 Hour Service Tel. +48 602 739 739
(+48 602 SEW SEW)
serwis@sew-eurodrive.pl
Technical Office Tychy SEW-EURODRIVE Polska Sp.z.o.o.
ul. Fabryczna 5
PL-43-100 Tychy
Tel. +48 32 32 32 610
Fax +48 32 32 32 647
Bydgoszcz SEW-EURODRIVE Polska Sp.z.o.o.
ul. Fordoska 246
PL-85-959 Bydgoszcz
Tel. +48 52 3606590
Fax +48 52 3606591
Poznan SEW-EURODRIVE Polska Sp.z.o.o.
ul. Romana Maya 1
PL-61-371 Pozna
Tel. +48 61 8741640
Fax +48 61 8741641
Radom SEW-EURODRIVE Polska Sp.z.o.o.
ul. Sowackiego 84
PL-26-600 Radom
Tel. +48 48 365 40 50
Fax +48 48 365 40 51
Szczecinek SEW-EURODRIVE Polska Sp.z.o.o.
ul. Mickiewicza 2
PL-78-400 Szczecinek
Tel. +48 94 3728820
Fax +48 94 3728821
Portugal
Assembly
Sales
Service
Coimbra SEW-EURODRIVE, LDA.
Apartado 15
P-3050-901 Mealhada
Tel. +351 231 20 9670
Fax +351 231 20 3685
http://www.sew-eurodrive.pt
infosew@sew-eurodrive.pt
Technical Offices Lisboa SEW-EURODRIVE, LDA.
Ncleo Empresarial I de So Julio do Tojal
Rua de Entremuros, 54
Fraco I
P-2660-533 So Julio do Tojal
Tel. +351 21 958-0198
Fax +351 21 958-0245
esc.lisboa@sew-eurodrive.pt
Porto SEW-EURODRIVE, LDA.
Av. 25 de Abril, 68
4440-502 Valongo
Tel. +351 229 350 383
Fax +351 229 350 384
MobilTel. +351 9 32559110
esc.porto@sew-eurodrive.pt
Romania
Sales
Service
Bucureti Sialco Trading SRL
str. Madrid nr.4
011785 Bucuresti
Tel. +40 21 230-1328
Fax +40 21 230-7170
sialco@sialco.ro
10
Address Directory
Russia
Assembly
Sales
Service
St. Petersburg ZAO SEW-EURODRIVE
P.O. Box 36
195220 St. Petersburg Russia
Tel. +7 812 3332522 +7 812 5357142
Fax +7 812 3332523
http://www.sew-eurodrive.ru
sew@sew-eurodrive.ru
Technical Office Yekaterinburg ZAO SEW-EURODRIVE
Kominterna Str. 16
Office 614
RUS-620078 Ekaterinburg
Tel. +7 343 310 3977
Fax +7 343 310 3978
eso@sew-eurodrive.ru
Irkutsk ZAO SEW-EURODRIVE
5-Armii Str., 31
RUS-664011 Irkutsk
Tel. +7 3952 25 5880
Fax +7 3952 25 5881
iso@sew-eurodrive.ru
Moskau ZAO SEW-EURODRIVE
RUS-107023 Moskau
Tel. +7 495 9337090
Fax +7 495 9337094
mso@sew-eurodrive.ru
Novosibirsk ZAO SEW-EURODRIVE
pr. K Marksa, d.30
RUS-630087 Novosibirsk
Tel. +7 383 3350200
Fax +7 383 3462544
nso@sew-eurodrive.ru
Togliatti ZAO SEW-EURODRIVE
Sportivnaya Str. 4B, office 2
Samarskaya obl.
RUS-445057 Togliatti
Tel. +7 8482 710529
Fax +7 8482 810590
Senegal
Sales Dakar SENEMECA
Mcanique Gnrale
Km 8, Route de Rufisque
B.P. 3251, Dakar
Tel. +221 338 494 770
Fax +221 338 494 771
senemeca@sentoo.sn
Serbia
Sales Beograd DIPAR d.o.o.
Ustanicka 128a
PC Koum, IV floor
SCG-11000 Beograd
Tel. +381 11 347 3244 / +381 11 288
0393
Fax +381 11 347 1337
office@dipar.co.yu
Singapore
Assembly
Sales
Service
Singapore SEW-EURODRIVE PTE. LTD.
No 9, Tuas Drive 2
Singapore 638644
Tel. +65 68621701
Fax +65 68612827
Slovakia
Sales Bratislava SEW-Eurodrive SK s.r.o.
Rybnin 40
SK-831 06 Bratislava
Tel. +421 2 33595 202
Fax +421 2 33595 200
sew@sew-eurodrive.sk
http://www.sew-eurodrive.sk
ilina SEW-Eurodrive SK s.r.o.
Industry Park - PChZ
ulica M.R.tefnika 71
SK-010 01 ilina
Tel. +421 41 700 2513
Fax +421 41 700 2514
Bansk Bystrica SEW-Eurodrive SK s.r.o.
Rudlovsk cesta 85
SK-974 11 Bansk Bystrica
Tel. +421 48 414 6564
Fax +421 48 414 6566
Koice SEW-Eurodrive SK s.r.o.
Slovensk ulica 26
SK-040 01 Koice
Tel. +421 55 671 2245
Fax +421 55 671 2254
10
Address Directory
Slovenia
Sales
Service
Celje Pakman - Pogonska Tehnika d.o.o.
UI. XIV. divizije 14
SLO - 3000 Celje
Tel. +386 3 490 83-20
Fax +386 3 490 83-21
pakman@siol.net
South Africa
Assembly
Sales
Service
Johannesburg SEW-EURODRIVE (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED
Eurodrive House
Cnr. Adcock Ingram and Aerodrome Roads
Aeroton Ext. 2
Johannesburg 2013
P.O.Box 90004
Bertsham 2013
Tel. +27 11 248-7000
Fax +27 11 494-3104
http://www.sew.co.za
info@sew.co.za
Cape Town SEW-EURODRIVE (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED
Rainbow Park
Cnr. Racecourse & Omuramba Road
Montague Gardens
Cape Town
P.O.Box 36556
Chempet 7442
Cape Town
Tel. +27 21 552-9820
Fax +27 21 552-9830
Telex 576 062
cfoster@sew.co.za
Durban SEW-EURODRIVE (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED
2 Monaco Place
Pinetown
Durban
P.O. Box 10433, Ashwood 3605
Tel. +27 31 700-3451
Fax +27 31 700-3847
cdejager@sew.co.za
Nelspruit SEW-EURODRIVE (PTY) LTD.
7 Christie Crescent
Vintonia
P.O.Box 1942
Nelspruit 1200
Tel. +27 13 752-8007
Fax +27 13 752-8008
robermeyer@sew.co.za
Technical Offices Port Elizabeth SEW-EURODRIVE PTY LTD.
8 Ruan Access Park
Old Cape Road
Greenbushes
6000 Port Elizabeth
Tel. +27 41 3722246
Fax +27 41 3722247
dtait@sew.co.za
Richards Bay SEW-EURODRIVE PTY LTD.
103 Bulion Blvd
Richards Bay
P.O. Box 458
Richards Bay, 3900
Tel. +27 35 797-3805
Fax +27 35 797-3819
jswart@sew.co.za
Spain
Assembly
Sales
Service
Bilbao SEW-EURODRIVE ESPAA, S.L.
Parque Tecnolgico, Edificio, 302
E-48170 Zamudio (Vizcaya)
Tel. +34 94 43184-70
Fax +34 94 43184-71
http://www.sew-eurodrive.es
sew.spain@sew-eurodrive.es
Technical Offices Barcelona Delegacin Barcelona
Avenida Francesc Maci 40-44 Oficina 4.2
E-08208 Sabadell (Barcelona)
Tel. +34 93 7162200
Fax +34 93 7233007
Lugo Delegacin Noroeste
Apartado, 1003
E-27080 Lugo
Tel. +34 639 403348
Fax +34 982 202934
Madrid Delegacin Madrid
Gran Via. 48-2 A-D
E-28220 Majadahonda (Madrid)
Tel. +34 91 6342250
Fax +34 91 6340899
Seville MEB
Plogono Calonge, C/A Nave 2 - C
E-41.077 Sevilla
Tel. +34 954 356 361
Fax +34 954 356 274
mebsa.sevilla@mebsa.com
10
Address Directory
Valencia MEB
Msico Andreu i Piqueres, 4
E-46.900 Torrente (Valencia)
Tel. +34 961 565 493
Fax +34 961 566 688
mebsa.valencia@mebsa.com
Sri Lanka
Sales Colombo SM International (Pte) Ltd
254, Galle Raod
Colombo 4, Sri Lanka
Tel. +94 1 2584887
Fax +94 1 2582981
Sweden
Assembly
Sales
Service
Jnkping SEW-EURODRIVE AB
Gnejsvgen 6-8
S-55303 Jnkping
Box 3100 S-55003 Jnkping
Tel. +46 36 3442 00
Fax +46 36 3442 80
http://www.sew-eurodrive.se
jonkoping@sew.se
Sales Gteborg SEW-EURODRIVE AB
Gustaf Werners gata 8
S-42132 Vstra Frlunda
Tel. +46 31 70968 80
Fax +46 31 70968 93
goteborg@sew.se
Stockholm SEW-EURODRIVE AB
Bjrkholmsvgen 10
S-14146 Huddinge
Tel. +46 8 44986 80
Fax +46 8 44986 93
stockholm@sew.se
Malm SEW-EURODRIVE AB
Borrgatan 5
S-21124 Malm
Tel. +46 40 68064 80
Fax +46 40 68064 93
malmo@sew.se
Skellefte SEW-EURODRIVE AB
Trdgrdsgatan 8
S-93131 Skellefte
Tel. +46 910 7153 80
Fax +46 910 7153 93
skelleftea@sew.se
Switzerland
Assembly
Sales
Service
Basel Alfred lmhof A.G.
Jurastrasse 10
CH-4142 Mnchenstein bei Basel
Tel. +41 61 417 1717
Fax +41 61 417 1700
http://www.imhof-sew.ch
info@imhof-sew.ch
Technical Offices Rhaetian Swit-
zerland
Andr Gerber
Es Perreyres
CH-1436 Chamblon
Tel. +41 24 445 3850
Fax +41 24 445 4887
Bern / Solothurn Rudolf Bhler
Muntersweg 5
CH-2540 Grenchen
Tel. +41 32 652 2339
Fax +41 32 652 2331
Central Switzer-
land and Ticino
Beat Ltolf
Baumacher 11
CH-6244 Nebikon
Tel. +41 62 756 4780
Fax +41 62 756 4786
Central Switzer-
land, Aargau
Armin Pfister
Stierenweid
CH-4950 Huttwill, BE
Tel. +41 62 962 54 55
Fax +41 62 962 54 56
Zrich, Ticino Gian-Michele Muletta
Fischerstrasse 61
CH-8132 Egg bei Zrich
Tel. +41 44 994 81 15
Fax +41 44 994 81 16
Bodensee and
East Switzerland
Markus Knzle
Eichweg 4
CH-9403 Goldach
Tel. +41 71 845 2808
Fax +41 71 845 2809
Taiwan (R.O.C.)
Sales Nan Tou Ting Shou Trading Co., Ltd.
No. 55 Kung Yeh N. Road
Industrial District
Nan Tou 540
Tel. +886 49 255353
Fax +886 49 257878
Spain
10
Address Directory
Taipei Ting Shou Trading Co., Ltd.
6F-3, No. 267, Sec. 2
Tung Hwa South Road, Taipei
Tel. +886 2 27383535
Fax +886 2 27368268
Telex 27 245
sewtwn@ms63.hinet.net
Thailand
Assembly
Sales
Service
Chonburi SEW-EURODRIVE (Thailand) Ltd.
700/456, Moo.7, Donhuaroh
Muang
Chonburi 20000
Tel. +66 38 454281
Fax +66 38 454288
sewthailand@sew-eurodrive.com
Technical Offices Bangkok SEW-EURODRIVE (Thailand) Ltd.
6th floor, TPS Building
1023, Phattanakarn Road
Suanluang
Bangkok,10250
Tel. +66 2 7178149
Fax +66 2 7178152
Hadyai SEW-EURODRIVE (Thailand) Ltd.
Hadyai Country Home Condominium
59/101 Soi.17/1
Rachas-Utid Road.
Hadyai, Songkhla 90110
Tel. +66 74 359441
Fax +66 74 359442
Khonkaen SEW-EURODRIVE (Thailand) Ltd.
4th Floor, Kaow-U-HA MOTOR Bldg,
359/2, Mitraphab Road.
Muang District
Khonkaen 40000
Tel. +66 43 225745
Fax +66 43 324871
sew-thailand@sew-eurodrive.com
Tunisia
Sales Tunis T. M.S. Technic Marketing Service
Zone Industrielle Mghira 2
Lot No. 39
2082 Fouchana
Tel. +216 71 4340-64 + 71 4320-29
Fax +216 71 4329-76
tms@tms.com.tn
Turkey
Assembly
Sales
Service
Istanbul SEW-EURODRIVE
Hareket Sistemleri San. ve Tic. Ltd. Sti.
Bagdat Cad. Koruma Cikmazi No. 3
TR-34846 Maltepe ISTANBUL
Tel. +90 216 4419163 / 4419164
Fax +90 216 3055867
http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.tr
sew@sew-eurodrive.com.tr
Technical Offices Adana SEW-EURODRIVE
Kizilay Caddesi 8 Sokak No
6 Datekin Is Merkezi Kat 4 Daire 2
TR-01170 SEYHAN / ADANA
Tel. +90 322 359 94 15
Fax +90 322 359 94 16
Ankara SEW-EURODRIVE
zcelik Is Merkezi, 14. Sok, No. 4/42
TR-06370 Ostim/Ankara
Tel. +90 312 385 33 90
Fax +90 312 385 32 58
Bursa SEW-EURODRIVE
evler Mah. Bayraktepe Sok.
Akay Merkezi Kat:3 No: 7/6
TR Nilfer/Bursa
Tel. +90 224 443 45 60
Fax +90 224 443 45 58
Izmir SEW-EURODRIVE
1203/11 Sok. No. 4/613
Hasan Atli Is Merkezi
TR-35110 Yenisehir-zmir
Tel. +90 232 469 62 64
Fax +90 232 433 61 05
Taiwan (R.O.C.)
10
Address Directory
Ukraine
Sales
Service
Dnepropetrovsk SEW-EURODRIVE
Str. Rabochaja 23-B, Office 409
49008 Dnepropetrovsk
Tel. +380 56 370 3211
Fax +380 56 372 2078
http://www.sew-eurodrive.ua
sew@sew-eurodrive.ua
Sales Kiev SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH
S. Oleynika str. 21
02068 Kiev
Tel. +380 44 503 95 77
Fax +380 44 503 95 78
kso@sew-eurodrive.ua
Donetsk SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH
25th anniversary of RKKA av. 1-B, of. 805
Donetsk 83000
Tel. +380 62 38 80 545
Fax +380 62 38 80 533
dso@sew-eurodrive.ua
Uruguay
Sales Montevideo SEW-EURODRIVE Uruguay, S. A.
Jose Serrato 3569 Esqina Corumbe
CP 12000 Montevideo
Tel. +598 2 21181-89
Fax +598 2 21181-89
sewuy@sew-eurodrive.com.uy
USA
Production
Assembly
Sales
Service
Corporate Offices
Southeast
Region
SEW-EURODRIVE INC.
1295 Old Spartanburg Highway
P.O. Box 518
Lyman, S.C. 29365
Tel. +1 864 439-7537
Fax Sales +1 864 439-7830
Fax Manufacturing +1 864 439-9948
Fax Assembly +1 864 439-0566
Fax Confidential/HR +1 864 949-5557
http://www.seweurodrive.com
cslyman@seweurodrive.com
Assembly
Sales
Service
Northeast
Region
SEW-EURODRIVE INC.
Pureland Ind. Complex
2107 High Hill Road, P.O. Box 481
Bridgeport, New Jersey 08014
Tel. +1 856 467-2277
Fax +1 856 845-3179
csbridgeport@seweurodrive.com
Midwest Region SEW-EURODRIVE INC.
2001 West Main Street
Troy, Ohio 45373
Tel. +1 937 335-0036
Fax +1 937 440-3799
cstroy@seweurodrive.com
Southwest
Region
SEW-EURODRIVE INC.
3950 Platinum Way
Dallas, Texas 75237
Tel. +1 214 330-4824
Fax +1 214 330-4724
csdallas@seweurodrive.com
Western Region SEW-EURODRIVE INC.
30599 San Antonio St.
Hayward, CA 94544
Tel. +1 510 487-3560
Fax +1 510 487-6433
cshayward@seweurodrive.com
Additional addresses for service in the USA provided on request!
Venezuela
Assembly
Sales
Service
Valencia SEW-EURODRIVE Venezuela S.A.
Av. Norte Sur No. 3, Galpon 84-319
Zona Industrial Municipal Norte
Valencia, Estado Carabobo
Tel. +58 241 832-9804
Fax +58 241 838-6275
http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.ve
ventas@sew-eurodrive.com.ve
sewfinanzas@cantv.net
Index
Index
A
Accessories set, size 2S........................................15
Air duct ...................................................................40
Arrangement of the option slots .............................77
Assignment
Braking resistor ..................................................63
Line choke..........................................................63
Line filter ............................................................63
B
Baud rate .............................................................202
Braking resistor assignment...................................63
Braking resistor BW...-...-T
Technical data..................................................201
C
CE-marking..........................................................170
Connecting external encoders ...............................97
Connection
DEH11B.......................................................83, 93
DEH21B.............................................................86
DER11B.......................................................90, 96
DEU21B.............................................................88
DFC11B...........................................................104
DIO11B............................................................101
Encoder..............................................................81
External encoder................................................92
Incremental encoder simulation.........................99
Resolver.............................................................81
RS485 interface .................................................69
System bus (SBus) ............................................68
Connection technology ........................................202
Control unit size 7 ..................................................24
Copyright notice.......................................................7
C-Tick approval ....................................................170
D
DBG60B
Basic displays.................................................. 143
Copy function................................................... 145
Delivery condition ............................................ 109
Functions of the keys....................................... 145
Information messages ..................................... 143
IPOS parameter editing ................................... 149
Language selection.......................................... 109
Parameter mode.............................................. 146
Setting parameters .......................................... 117
Starting up the speed controller....................... 114
Startup functions.............................................. 110
Startup procedure............................................ 110
User menu ....................................................... 147
Variable mode.................................................. 147
Wake up parameter ......................................... 148
DC link adapter 2Q................................................ 41
DC link adapter 4Q................................................ 42
DC link coupling..................................................... 43
Declaration of conformity
MOVIDRIVE.................................................. 203
MOVIDRIVE with DCS21B/DCS31B............. 205
MOVIDRIVE with DFS11B/DFS21B ............. 204
DEH11B
Connection................................................... 83, 93
Technical data ................................................. 199
Terminal description .......................................... 83
DEH21B
Connection......................................................... 86
Technical data ................................................. 199
DER11B
Connection................................................... 90, 96
Technical data ................................................. 200
DEU21B
Connection......................................................... 88
Technical data ................................................. 200
DFC11B
Connection....................................................... 104
Technical data ................................................. 202
Index
Dimension drawings
Size 0M....................................................188, 190
Size 0S.....................................................187, 189
Size 1...............................................................191
Size 2S.....................................................192, 193
Size 3...............................................................194
Size 4...............................................................195
Size 5...............................................................196
Size 6...............................................................197
Size 7...............................................................198
DIO11B
Connection.......................................................101
Technical data..................................................201
DLB212B................................................................56
DLH11B .................................................................38
DLK11B..................................................................40
DLS11B..................................................................36
DLZ11B..................................................................43
DLZ12B..................................................................41
DLZ14B..................................................................42
DWE11B ................................................................71
DWE12B ................................................................71
E
Electronics Service...............................................168
Encoder card
Installation/removal ............................................80
Error list................................................................153
Error memory .......................................................151
Error message via 7-segment display..................152
Establishing communication with other units .......118
Exclusion of liability..................................................7
Extended storage.................................................168
External encoder connection .................................92
G
General information .................................................6
I
Incremental encoder simulation
Connection.........................................................99
Information messages on the DBG60B................143
Installation
Air duct............................................................... 40
Braking resistor BW........................................... 30
Cable cross sections.......................................... 29
Cables and fuses............................................... 27
DC link adapter 2Q............................................ 41
DC link adapter 4Q............................................ 42
DC link coupling................................................. 43
DLB21B ............................................................. 56
DLH11B............................................................. 38
DLK11B ............................................................. 40
DLS11B ............................................................. 36
DLZ11B.............................................................. 43
DLZ12B.............................................................. 41
DLZ14B.............................................................. 42
HD output choke................................................ 33
IT systems ......................................................... 29
Line and brake contactors ................................. 28
Mounting base ................................................... 36
PE connection.................................................... 28
Shielded control cables...................................... 31
Size 6................................................................. 34
Size 7................................................................. 35
Touch guard DLB21B........................................ 56
Wall bracket ....................................................... 38
Installing and removing option cards ..................... 79
Interface adapter
DWE11B............................................................ 71
DWE12B............................................................ 71
USB11A............................................................. 75
UWS21B............................................................ 73
L
Line choke assignment .......................................... 63
Line filter assignment ............................................. 63
Long-term storage ............................................... 171
M
Master/Slave connection ..................................... 100
Memory card........................................................ 149
Minimum clearance................................................ 27
Mounting base ....................................................... 36
Mounting position................................................... 27
MOVITOOLS MotionStudio............................... 118
Index
N
Nameplate
BW090-P52B braking resistor............................13
Control unit sizes 1 - 7 .......................................13
Option card ........................................................14
Power section sizes 1 - 7...................................13
Size 0.................................................................12
Sizes 1 - 7..........................................................13
O
Online help...........................................................119
Operating displays ...............................................143
7-segment display............................................142
Option card
Installation/removal ......................................79, 80
Option combinations, overview..............................77
Option slots ............................................................77
P
Parameter list .......................................................128
Power section size 7..............................................25
Power shield clamp................................................48
Power supply unit size 7 ........................................25
R
Removing/installing the front cover ........................45
Removing/installing the keypad .............................44
Repair ..................................................................168
Reset....................................................................151
Rights to claim under limited warranty .....................7
RS485 interface .....................................................69
S
Safety notes
Structure ..............................................................6
Scope of delivery ...................................................14
MDX60B/61B size 0...........................................14
MDX60B/61B size 1 - 7......................................14
MDX60B/61B size 2S ........................................15
Shield clamps.........................................................48
Starting the motor
Analog setpoint selection.................................122
Fixed setpoints.................................................124
Manual operation .............................................126
Startup
General notes .................................................. 105
Preliminary work and resources ...................... 107
With DBG60B keypad...................................... 108
Storage temperature............................................ 171
Structure
MDX60B/61B size 0........................................... 16
MDX61B size 1.................................................. 17
MDX61B size 2.................................................. 19
MDX61B size 2S................................................ 18
MDX61B size 3.................................................. 20
MDX61B size 4.................................................. 21
MDX61B size 5.................................................. 22
MDX61B size 6.................................................. 23
MDX61B size 7.................................................. 24
MDX61B size 7 control unit ............................... 24
MDX61B size 7 power section........................... 25
MDX61B size 7 power supply unit ..................... 25
Switch-off response to faults................................ 151
System bus (SBus) connection.............................. 68
T
Technical data
Braking resistor BW...-...-T .............................. 201
DER11B........................................................... 200
DFC11B........................................................... 202
DIO11B............................................................ 201
Electronics data basic units .......................... 185
General information ......................................... 171
Option DEH11B............................................... 199
Option DEH21B............................................... 199
Option DEU21B............................................... 200
Size 0 (AC 400/500 V units) ............................ 173
Size 1 (AC 230 V units) ................................... 181
Size 1 (AC 400/500 V units) ............................ 174
Size 2 A(C 400/500 V units) ............................ 175
Size 2 (AC 230 V units) ................................... 182
Size 2S (AC 400/500 V units) .......................... 175
Size 3 (AC 230 V units) ................................... 183
Size 3 (AC 400/500 V units) ............................ 176
Size 4 (AC 230 V units) ................................... 184
Size 4 (AC 400/500 V units) ............................ 177
Size 5 (AC 400/500 V units) ............................ 178
Size 6 (AC 400/500 V units) ............................ 179
Size 7 (AC 400/500 V units) ............................ 180
Technical support ................................................ 119
Index
Terminal description
Basic unit ...........................................................61
DEH11B.......................................................83, 93
DEH21B.............................................................86
DER11B.......................................................90, 96
DEU21B.............................................................88
DFC11B...........................................................104
DIO11B............................................................101
Tightening torques .................................................26
Timeout active......................................................152
Touch guard DLB21B ............................................56
Touch guard for power terminals ...........................52
U
UL approval..........................................................170
Unit designation .....................................................12
Unit structure
MDX60B/61B size 0........................................... 16
MDX61B size 1.................................................. 17
MDX61B size 2.................................................. 19
MDX61B size 2S................................................ 18
MDX61B size 3.................................................. 20
MDX61B size 4.................................................. 21
MDX61B size 5.................................................. 22
MDX61B size 6.................................................. 23
MDX61B size 7.................................................. 24
MDX61B size 7 control unit ......................... 24, 25
MDX61B size 7 power supply unit ..................... 25
USB11A................................................................. 75
Use
Of the operating instructions................................ 6
UWS21B................................................................ 73
W
Wall bracket ........................................................... 38
Wiring diagram
Braking resistor BW... / BW...-T / BW...-P ......... 59
DC power supply unit (size 7)............................ 58
Power section and brake ................................... 57
Signal terminals ................................................. 60
0 ... 9
7-segment display................................................ 152
SEW-EURODRIVEDriving the world
SEW-EURODRIVE
Driving the world
www.sew-eurodrive.com
P.O. Box 3023
D-76642 Bruchsal/Germany
Phone +49 7251 75-0
Fax +49 7251 75-1970
sew@sew-eurodrive.com

SEW MDX Inverter Operating Instructions

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SEW MDX Inverter Operating Instructions

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SEW MDX Inverter Operating Instructions

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What are the main sections covered in the document?

What are the main sections covered in the document?

What safety measures are outlined for installation and operation?

What safety measures are outlined for installation and operation?

Drive Technology \ Drive Automation \ System Integration \ Services

MDX60/61B...-5_3 (AC 400/500 V units)......................... 173

MDX61B...-2_3 (AC 230 V units)..................................... 181

MDX60/61B electronics data ........................................... 185

MDX60B dimension drawings.......................................... 187

MDX61B dimension drawings.......................................... 189

with DFS11B/DFS21B..................................................... 204

with DCS21B/DCS31B .................................................... 205

MDX60B/61B inverters and to achieve the

MDX60/61B inverters may not perform safety functions without higher-

can cause a DC current in the PE conductor, which might result in a mal-

B is designed for operation on TN and TT systems with a directly

MDX60B / 61B Inspection and Maintenance of Size 7" manual.

B can suffer irreparable damage if you connect capacitive loads.

MDX60B/61B units size 0 to 5.

B is a product with restricted availability in accordance with EN

B, size 7 on the floor of the control cabinet. MOVIDRIVE

B size 7 into operation until the mounting base

B size 7 to the wall (see following figure). Do not take MOVIDRIVE

B size 7 into op-

B at 5 points [A, B] (see above

B at the 3 mounting bores [B] using the

B size 7 to a wall (material not included in the scope of de-

B models with suffix 0015 to 0150 (230 V units only).

B models with suffix 0220 to 0300 (230 V units only).

B models with suffix 1600 to 2500 (400 V units only).

B 0XS, 0S, 0L 5 0.6

MDX60B/61B size 0. The shield clamps are not yet installed.

MDX61B size 2S if one of the following conditions is

MDX61B sizes 4 and 5 (AC 500 V units:

size 4 (AC 500 V units: MDX61B0370/0450; AC 230 V units:

MDX61B units sizes 4, 5 and 6 when the

MDX61B sizes 4, 5 and 6

units sizes 4, 5 and 6 have degree

MDX61B size 7 when the touch

units size 7 have degree of protec-

MDX60/61B...-5A3 0005 0008 0011 0014

MDX61B...-5A3 0015 0022 0030 0040 0055 0075 0110

MDX61B...-503 0150 0220 0300 0370 0450

MDX61B...-503 0550 0750 0900 1100 1320 1600 2000 2500

compact MCH4_A units are not allowed to be combined with other

units in the same system bus combination.

units, e.g. for master/slave operation, or 31 MOVIDRIVE

A, MDV and MCV and can be connected

at the same time.

MDX60B/61B - USB11A (cable RJ10-RJ10)

at the same time.

MDX60B/61B using the connection

MDX61B size 0, only SEW-EURODRIVE is authorized to install

MDX61B sizes 1 to 7, you can install or remove the option cards

encoder card type DEH11B option: 824 310 7

encoder card type DEH11B" option is only possible in

MDX61B, not with MDX60B.

Motor type Encoder

Motor type Encoder

MDX60B/61B system manual.